<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/rss2enclosuresfull.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><rss xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:creativeCommons="http://backend.userland.com/creativeCommonsRssModule" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><title>The Backyard Professor</title><link>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/</link><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/typepad/RmPw" /><description>Respectful, intelligent discussions of ancient texts, biblical scholarship, and religions focusing mostly on Mormonism</description><language>en-US</language><lastBuildDate>Mon, 10 Jan 2011 16:29:44 PST</lastBuildDate><generator>http://www.typepad.com/</generator><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/typepad/RmPw" /><feedburner:info uri="typepad/rmpw" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><media:category scheme="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Religion &amp; Spirituality</media:category><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>Respectful, intelligent discussions of ancient texts, biblical scholarship, and religions focusing mostly on Mormonism</itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="Religion &amp; Spirituality" /><creativeCommons:license>http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/</creativeCommons:license><item><title>The Royal "We" of Genesis 1:26-27</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/R-q4glSZZQs/the-royal-we-of-genesis-126-27.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 10 Jan 2011 16:29:44 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/the-royal-we-of-genesis-126-27.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">From my dear friend and fellow researcher Edward &quot;Ted&quot; Jones</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Here is some stuff I put together several years ago, regarding the &#39;royal we&#39;, as well as the meaning of Gen. 1. 26-7:</span></div>
<div>&#0160;</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">James White refused to deal with the subject of LDS thought and the early Christian concept of deification.&#0160;&#0160;He stated that the Latter-day Saint concept of deity was not remotely similar to that taught in the early Church, and consequently deification could have no resemblance to the LDS concept of exaltation.&#0160;&#0160;Therefore, something needs to be said regarding the nature of deity as it was taught in the early Church.&#0160;&#0160;A good beginning can be had by&#0160;<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">examining what the Church Fathers had to say about Genesis 1.26</span></strong>&#0160;(‘Let us make man in our image’).&#0160;&#0160;Gerald Bray, British evangelical scholar, has recently discussed at some length this statement, suggesting that an “awkward question is raised by [its] use of the plural…implying as it does that man, as the image of God, somehow reflects a plurality in God.&#0160;&#0160;Here, there is no unanimity among interpreters.&#0160;&#0160;All are agreed that the Israelite God is One, and that the use of the plural here cannot imply polytheism.”</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn1"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[1]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;He says that it is “more probable…that God is here speaking to the heavenly hosts, though this raises such questions as … whether angels took part in the work of man’s creation.”&#0160;&#0160;After citing&#0160;<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Ps 8.5-6</span></strong>&#0160;(‘God made man a little lower than the angels’, which is quoted
</span></span></p></div>
in Heb 2.5-6), he concludes that “it is probably best to leave these questions [of angels in the creation] out of the discussion altogether.”&#0160;&#0160;Bray would have been even less inclined to discuss the subject had he referred to the Hebrew version of this Psalm, which actually refers to humans being made a ‘little lower than the gods.’<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn2"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[2]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Bray continues that “<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">the further suggestion that this is a royal ‘we’ is now generally rejected on the ground that the Bible does not use the royal ‘we’ of God.</span></strong>”</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn3"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[3]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Bray continues: “<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To return to the problem of the plural in Genesis1.26, the most likely answer is that God is speaking to other beings who share whatever it is He is about to give to man</span></strong>, but that the actual work of creation is His alone.&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;This impression is reinforced by Genesis 3.22, where God says ‘Behold, the man has now become like one of us,’ a use of the plural which clearly excluded any form of inflated singular.”&#0160;&#0160;As Bray mentions, the New Testament frequently assigns the creation to the Son, Jesus Christ (John 1.3; Col. 1.15-6; Heb 1.2; Eph 3.9; I Cor 8.6; Rev 4.11).</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn4"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[4]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Not only so, but the Nicene Creed (325 AD) also attributes the creation to Christ: ‘We believe in one God, the Father almighty, maker of all things, visible and invisible, and in one Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, the only-begotten ….through whom all things were made, those in heaven and those on earth.”</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn5"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[5]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;R. M. Wilson has written that the plural used in Gen. 1.26 “has always been a problem.”&#0160;&#0160;Clearly God is speaking to someone else, perhaps angels, or to the heavenly court.&#0160;&#0160;According to Irenaeus, Theophilus of Antioch, and Origen, He was speaking to His Son.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn6"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[6]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Borchardt refers also to Tertullian, Hilary and Novatian using this passage in terms of the Son being he to whom the Father was speaking.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn7"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[7]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;J.D.G. Dunn, in his ‘magisterial’ work on New Testament christology, writes that God is speaking in the heavenly council to the other gods.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn8"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[8]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;J. A. Lyons cites Origen’s comments on this passage in his work against Celsus, and says they were spoken by God to the pre-mortal Christ.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn9"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[9]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;According to L.W. Barnard Justin taught that God was speaking with another, and therefore the Son (Logos) is “numerically distinct” from God.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn10"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[10]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Jaroslav Pelikan has written that “whatever these Hebrew plurals…may have meant originally, Christian interpreters had, almost ‘in the beginning,’ taken them to refer to a counsel between the Father and the Son,” citing Justin.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn11"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[11]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;St. Augustine is cited as referring to Gen. 1.26, 3.22 and 11.7 as implying a plurality of divine persons.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn12"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[12]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Anglican Bishop Hanson writes the following regarding Justin Martyr’s use of Gen. 3.22 (‘Man has become as one of us’): “Justin maintained that to describe the use of the plural number here as merely figurative language is the mark of ‘sophists and those who cannot speak or understand the truth.’”</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn13"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[13]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;The Epistle of Barnabas 5.5 and 6.11-12 also state that God was speaking to the Son.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn14"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[14]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;In his commentary on the Gospel of John, Origen cites Psalm 148.5 (‘the Lord commanded, and they were created’ [KJV]), and indicates that this means that the Father told the Son to create the visible and invisible worlds.</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn15"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[15]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;&#0160;Cyril of Jerusalem (died ca. 387) used this same passage from Psalms in his defense of the oneness of the Father and the Son:&#0160;&#0160;“’because there is a single act of creation of all things, performed by the Father through the Son, according to the Psalmist’s words: ‘he spoke, and they were made; he gave the command, and they were created’ (Psalm 148.5 LXX).&#0160;&#0160;For to speak implies a hearer, and to command implies a partner.’”</span><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn16"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[16]</span></a>
<p><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;; font-size: 12pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;; font-size: 12pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<div><br /><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> 
<hr size="1" />
</span>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref1"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[1]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Gerald Bray, ‘The Significance of God’s Image in Man,’&#0160;<em>Tyndale Bulletin</em>&#0160;42 (1991): 195-225, at 197.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref2"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[2]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Harold W. Attridge,&#0160;<em>The Epistle to the Hebrews</em>&#0160;(Fortress press 1989): 71: “Between the Masoretic [Hebrew] Text and the [Greek Septuagint] the only major difference [in this Psalm] is in the designation of the beings to whom the human being is subjected.&#0160;&#0160;The psalmist speaks of ‘gods,’ which the [Septuagint] translates as ‘angels.’”&#0160;&#0160;Attridge, Professor at the University of Notre Dame, comments in the footnote to this:&#0160;&#0160;“These beings were no doubt understood as the members of the heavenly court,” referring us further to Gerald Cooke, “The Sons of (the) God(s),”&#0160;<em>Zeitschrift fur die Alttestamentliche Wissenschaft&#0160;</em>76 (1964): 22-47; Frank M. Cross, “The Council of Yahweh in Second Isaiah,”&#0160;<em>Journal of Near Eastern&#0160;&#0160;Studies</em>&#0160;12 (1953): 274-77; also to Psalm 82.1; 86.8; 89.6, 8.&#0160;&#0160;See further, James D.G. Dunn,&#0160;<em>The Christ and the Spirit</em>,&#0160;<em>Volume I: Christology</em>&#0160;(Eerdmans 1998): 436, where he contrasts the Hebrew and Greek versions.&#0160;&#0160;In his&#0160;<em>Christology in the Making</em>, Dunn glosses over the situation by stating that the Septuagint “differs slightly from the masoretic [Hebrew] text,” 309, n. 46.&#0160;&#0160;Markus Bockmuehl has recently referred to this ‘translation’ in his “’The Form of God’ (Phil. 2.6),&#0160;&#0160;Variations on a Theme of Jewish Mysticism,”&#0160;<em>Journal of Theological Studies</em>&#0160;48 (1997): 1-23, at page 13, note 33.&#0160;&#0160;See the recent translation and discussion by Alistair G. Hunter,&#0160;<em>Psalms</em>&#0160;(London 1999): 159-71.&#0160;&#0160;Nicolas Wyatt, “’Supposing Him to be the Gardener’ (John 20.15).&#0160;&#0160;A Study of the Paradise Motif in John,”&#0160;<em>ZNTW</em>&#0160;81 (1990): 32 retains the Hebrew elohim.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref3"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[3]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Bray,&#0160;<em>op. cit</em>., 198.&#0160;&#0160;Cooke, in the article cited in previous note, also rejects the ‘plural of majesty,’ page 22. Contrary to this a recent article in a Catholic magazine rejects the LDS doctrine of deity in part because Gen 1.26 ‘obviously’ referred to the royal ‘we’ rather than to the presence of two individuals, one of whom may have been speaking to the other; Brian Paul, “Looking for God in all the wrong places…like Kolob,”&#0160;<em>Envoy&#0160;</em>(March/April 1999): 32-37, at page 35.&#0160;&#0160;The mission statement of&#0160;<em>Envoy Magazine,&#0160;</em>of which Patrick Madrid is the editor<em>,</em>&#0160;reads in part: “In light of the serious inroads by proselytizing sects,&#0160;<em>Envoy</em>’s main goal is to prepare Catholics to ‘be always ready to give a reason for the hope that is in you’ (I Peter 3.15).”&#0160;&#0160;Isaiah Bennett, although citing several different options for the meaning of Gen. 1.26, and claiming that any of them could be valid, declares that the LDS interpretation is wrong.&#0160;&#0160;This is the old “we don’t know what this difficult verse means, but we know for a fact that whatever the Mormons declare it to mean is wrong.”&#0160;&#0160;To paraphrase Patrick Madrid’s statement quoted above (at note 10), as biblical exegesis this bromide is useless; Bennett,&#0160;<em>Inside Mormonism</em>, 254.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref4"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[4]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Bray, “Significance,”&#0160;<em>op. cit</em>., 199.&#0160;&#0160;Bockmuehl reminds us that the Greek version of Gen. 3.5-6, to which 3.22 refers, translates the Hebrew ‘like God’ into the plural ‘like gods,’ in Bockmuehl, “’The form of God’ (Phil 2.6),”&#0160;<em>Journal of Theological Studies</em>&#0160;48 (1997): 9.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref5"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[5]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Neuner-Dupuis,&#0160;<em>The Christian Faith</em>,&#0160;&#0160;paragraph 7.&#0160;&#0160;The same theme is present in the creed generated by the Council of Constantinople (381):&#0160;<em>ibid</em>., paragraph 12</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref6"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[6]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;R.M. Wilson, “The Early History of the Exegesis of Gen. 1.26,”&#0160;<em>Studia Patristica</em>&#0160;1. (1955): 420-37, at 421, 431, 435.&#0160;&#0160;Quasten,&#0160;<em>Patrology</em>&#0160;1.294-5 gives Irenaeus’ references as&#0160;<em>Adv Haer</em>&#0160;5.1.3; 5.5.1; 5.28.1.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref7"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[7]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;C. F. A. Borchardt,&#0160;<em>Hilary of Poitiers’ Role in the Arian Struggles</em>&#0160;(Gravenhage 1966): 55-59.&#0160;&#0160;See Hilary,&#0160;<em>De Trinitate</em>&#0160;4.16-7f.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref8"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[8]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;James D.G. Dunn,&#0160;<em>Christology in the Making</em>, 105.&#0160;&#0160;See also Dunn,&#0160;<em>The Christ and the Spirit.&#0160;&#0160;I: Christology</em>&#0160;(Eerdmans 1998): 322: “From earliest times we have ‘the sons of God’ who are members of the heavenly council under Yahweh the supreme God”, with reference to Genesis 6.2, 4; Deut 32.8; Job 1.6-12; 2.1-6; 38.7; Psal 29.1; 89.6; I Enoch 13.8; 106.5;&#0160;<em>Theological Dictionary of the New Testament</em>&#0160;1.78; and T.H. Gaster in&#0160;<em>Interpreters Dictionary of the Bible</em>&#0160;1.131.&#0160;&#0160;‘Magisterial’ is from Barnabas Lindars, “Christ and Salvation,”&#0160;<em>The Bulletin of the John Rylands University Library</em>&#0160;64 (1982): 481.&#0160;&#0160;On the ‘heavenly council,’ cf. Simon B. Parker, “The Beginning of the Reign of God—Psalm 82 as Myth and Liturgy,”&#0160;<em>Revue Biblique</em>&#0160;102 (1995): 532-559, with bibliographical references; W.S. Prinsloo, “Psalm 82: Once Again, Gods or Men?,”&#0160;<em>Biblica</em>&#0160;(Rome) 76 (1995): 219-228; John Day,&#0160;<em>God’s Conflict with the Dragon and the Sea</em>.&#0160;&#0160;<em>Echoes of a Canaanite myth in the Old Testament&#0160;</em>(Cambridge 1985); and Peggy L. Day,&#0160;<em>An Adversary in Heaven</em>:&#0160;&#0160;<em>Satan in the Hebrew Bible</em>&#0160;(Harvard 1988); also the references cited in Attridge,&#0160;<em>Hebrews</em>&#0160;(Fortress): 71, note 21, cited above.&#0160;&#0160;Cf. Edward T. Jones, “A Comparative Study of Ascension Motifs in World Religions,” in&#0160;<em>Deity and Death</em>, edited by Spencer J. Palmer (BYU 1978): 79-105, at page 81f. ‘Counsel’ in the three references at the bottom of page 81 (Amos 3.7 and Jer 23.21-2) ought to have been printed ‘council,’ in accordance with the sources cited there.&#0160;&#0160;On the divine council see also Bryan D. Spinks,&#0160;<em>The Sanctus in the Eucharistic Prayer</em>(Cambridge University Press 1991): 11-13, with its application to Isaiah 6, at page 14 ff.&#0160;&#0160;With reference to Amos 3.7 see Markus Bockmuehl,&#0160;<em>Revelation and Mystery in Ancient Judaism and Pauline Christianity</em>&#0160;(Eerdmans 1990): 15, where he states that the relevant term [Hebrew:&#0160;<em>sodh</em>] has reference to a&#0160;&#0160;“fellowship of intimate friends taking counsel [for action],” with Amos 3.7 referring to the divine council/fellowship or the secret plan devised by it.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref9"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[9]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;J. A. Lyons,&#0160;<em>The Cosmic Christ in Origen and Teilhard de Chardin</em>&#0160;(Oxford 1982): 115, referring to&#0160;<em>Contra Celsum</em>&#0160;5.37.&#0160;&#0160;Cf. A.J. Hobbel, “The&#0160;<em>Imago Dei</em>&#0160;in the writings of Origen,”&#0160;<em>Studia Patristica</em>&#0160;21 (1989): 301.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref10"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[10]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;L.W. Barnard, “The Logos Theology of Saint Justin Martyr,”&#0160;<em>Downside Review</em>&#0160;89 (1971): 135, citing Justin,&#0160;<em>Dialogue with Trypho</em>&#0160;1.62.&#0160;&#0160;Marcel Simon draws attention to the same point, bringing together Gen. 1.26 with 3.22, in Simon, “The Bible in the Earliest Controversies between Jews and Christians,” in&#0160;<em>The Bible in Greek Christian Antiquity</em>, ed. and tr. Paul M. Blowers (Notre Dame 1997): 62.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref11"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[11]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Jaroslav Pelikan,&#0160;<em>Jesus Through the Centuries</em>&#0160;(Harper and Row 1985): 90; also at 62, citing Basil.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref12"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[12]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;<em>Teachings of the Catholic Church</em>, ed. George D. Smith (New York 1949; 1<sup>st</sup>&#0160;1927), 1.115.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref13"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[13]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;R.P.C. Hanson,&#0160;<em>Allegory and Event</em>.&#0160;&#0160;<em>A Study of the Sources and Significance of Origen’s Interpretation of Scripture</em>&#0160;(London 1959): 120, quoting from Justin,&#0160;<em>Dialogue</em>&#0160;129.2.&#0160;&#0160;In his footnote to this Hanson also refers to Theophilus,&#0160;<em>ad Autolycum</em>&#0160;2.18: God is speaking to His Son; and Irenaeus&#0160;<em>AH</em>&#0160;4.34.1.&#0160;</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref14"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[14]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;Quasten,&#0160;<em>Patrology</em>&#0160;1.87; cf. R.M. Wilson,&#0160;<em>op. cit</em>., 426-7. Translation in&#0160;<em>Early Christian Writings</em>, by Maxwell Staniforth (Penguin Books 1975): 198, 201. Also referred to in David T. Runia,&#0160;<em>Philo in Early Christian Literature.&#0160;&#0160;A Survey</em>&#0160;(Fortress Press 1993): 91, note 2, where he also refers to Justin,&#0160;<em>Dialogue</em>&#0160;62.1; Basil’s agreement is mentioned at page 207; Tertullian’s at page 278.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref15"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[15]</span></a><span style="font-family: &#39;Times New Roman&#39;;">&#0160;J.N. Rowe, “Origin’s Subordinationism as illustrated in his commentary on St. John’s Gospel,”&#0160;<em>Studia</em>&#0160;<em>Patristica</em>&#0160;11 (1972): 222.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=553&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref16"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[16]</span></a>&#0160;Cyril of Jerusalem,&#0160;<em>Catechesis</em>&#0160;11.16, in Edward Yarnold, S.J.,&#0160;<em>Cyril of Jerusalem</em>&#0160;(London 2000): 135. Cyril’s other arguments regarding the ‘oneness’ of Father and Son are that they are one “in respect of the dignity of godhead… in respect of kingship… and because there is no disharmony or disagreement between them,” all of which accord well with the LDS concept that there are two Beings involved, as partners, though one is Father, the other is Son.&#0160;&#0160;In&#0160;<em>Catechesis</em>&#0160;11.23 Cyril says that the words of Gen. 1.26 “were evidently spoken to someone present,” and again quotes Psalm 145.8 LXX (or perhaps Ps 33.9).</span></p>
</div>
</div>

<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>]]></content:encoded><description>From my dear friend and fellow researcher Edward "Ted" Jones Here is some stuff I put together several years ago, regarding the 'royal we', as well as the meaning of Gen. 1. 26-7: James White refused to deal with the...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/the-royal-we-of-genesis-126-27.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>D&amp;C 77 - Young Earth or Old Earth?</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/u34f8znStOM/dc-77-young-earth-or-old-earth.html</link><category>Joseph Smith</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2011 21:03:34 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/dc-77-young-earth-or-old-earth.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">From my good friend Mike Parker, who has analyzed D&amp;C 77 supposedly teaching a mere 7,000 year old earth. As usual and always, Mike has some excellent insights into things that are worth understanding. I post this with his kind permission. Thanks Mike, this deserves to be understood better.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">© 2009, Mike Parker	For personal use only. Not a Church publication.Hurricane West Stake Adult Religion Class	Doctrine and Covenants Sections 71, 73–75, 77, 86, 91, 113	Week 15, Page 9</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">D&amp;C 77 a) This section is a prophetic explanation some of symbolism in the Revelation of John in&#0160;the New Testament.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">i)	This book is an example of a type of Biblical literature known as an apocalypse. This word is borrowed almost directly from Greek (apocalupsis), where it means “revelation” in the sense of uncovering or unveiling something that is hidden.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(1) Other apocalypses in the scriptures include portions of Ezekiel and Daniel, as well as the visions of Lehi and Nephi.
</span></p>

<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(2) Apocalypses use symbolism and imagery, rather than literal description, to convey their message. D&amp;C 77 is a question-and-answer session about some of the symbols used in the book of Revelation.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">b) For example,in reference to the description of beasts in front of the throne of God in Revelation 4:6–9, this revelation explains that their multitude of eyes represent their knowledge (via the ability to see everything in front and behind), and their wings represent power to move and act.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">i)	Ultimately these point to the truth that God and his angels have all knowledge and all power.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">c) One of the most interesting—and for some, difficult—passages is D&amp;C77:6–7. i)	This is the only passage in all of scripture that directly identifies the age of the earth:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">[The sealed book which John saw contains] the hidden things of [God’s] economy concerning this earth during the seven thousand years of its continuance, or its temporal existence.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">ii) Let’s start by defining some of the words as they were used when this revelation was given:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(1) From Daniel Webster’s 1828 American Dictionary of the English Language: (a) Economy—Primarily, the management, regulation and government of a&#0160;family or the concerns of a household.22</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(b) Continuance—A holding on or remaining in a particular state, or in a course or series. Applied to time, duration; a state of lasting; as the continuance of rain or fair weather for a day or week.23</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(c) Temporal—Pertaining to this life or this world or the body only; secular; as temporal concerns; temporal affairs. In this sense, it is opposed to spiritual.24</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(2) So the sealed book contained the hidden things of God’s management, regulation, and government of his kingdom on earth during the seven thousand years of its being in this particular state, or pertaining to this period of time only.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(3) There are several ways to interpret this:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(a) The literal interpretation would be that mankind began only 6,000 years ago, meaning that Adam and Eve walked out of the Garden of Eden about 4000 B.C.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(i) This follows the chronology created by Anglican Archbishop James Ussher in the 17th century.25</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">1.	Bishop Ussher calculated that the first day of creation began at nightfall preceding Sunday, 23 October 4004 B.C.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">2. His calculations were based on the prevalent Christian belief that God created the earth in six days, therefore the earth must have a 6,000- year existence from that point, with each day being 1,000 years (2 Peter 3:8).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(ii) This has been widely accepted among traditional Christians and Latter- day Saints, but it’s not the only way to interpret the scriptures.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(b) A figurative or symbolic interpretation of D&amp;C 77:6–7 could include the following:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(i) That the time periods of the seven seals are not strict 1,000-year periods, but are dispensations of great length, some longer than 1,000 years, some shorter.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">1.	For example, the dispensation of the gospel by Jesus Christ in the flesh lasted nearly 1,800 years, from his birth and death, through the apostasy of the early Church, until the restoration of the gospel through Joseph Smith.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">22 Daniel Webster, American Dictionary of the English Language, 1828 ed., s.v. “Economy,” def. 1; http://1828.mshaffer.com/d/search/word,economy</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">23 Webster, Dictionary, s.v. “Continuance,” def. 1; http://1828.mshaffer.com/d/search/word,continuance 24 Webster, Dictionary, s.v. “Temporal,” def. 1; http://1828.mshaffer.com/d/search/word,temporal 25 For more information on Ussher’s chronology, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ussher_chronology</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">2. This is strengthened by the understanding that the number 1,000,as used anciently in the Bible, didn’t represent a strict, exact amount, but simply a very large number.26</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">a.	Similarly, many Latter-day Saints accept that the six days of creation were not six 24-hour days, or even six 1,000-year “days,” but could be long periods of time, perhaps even millions of years each.27</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">3. Finally,there is also this passage in the Book of Mormon:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Yea, and behold I say unto you, that Abraham not only knew of these things, but there were many before the days of Abraham who were called by the order of God; yea, even after the order of his Son; and this that it should be shown unto the people, a great many thousand years before his coming, that even redemption should come unto them.” (Helaman 8:18; italics added.)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">a.	Question: Would four thousand years (as in 4000 B.C.) constitute “a great many thousand years” before his coming? Or does this imply something longer?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(ii) That the information in the sealed book only contained information about the world in this particular state or period of time, and that there was a time before the first dispensation of the gospel to Adam, during which the earth and the Lord’s creations upon it existed.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(c) The point here is not to force a specific interpretation upon anyone in this room, but to open up different possibilities that are acceptable to those who believe the earth is relative young and to those who believe it is very old.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">© 2009, Mike Parker	For personal use only. Not a Church publication.</span></p>]]></content:encoded><description>From my good friend Mike Parker, who has analyzed D&amp;C 77 supposedly teaching a mere 7,000 year old earth. As usual and always, Mike has some excellent insights into things that are worth understanding. I post this with his kind...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/dc-77-young-earth-or-old-earth.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν – ‘‘The Kingdom of God is Within You’’ What Does Luke 17:21 Mean?</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/ZebN2xNTbFw/%E1%BC%B0%CE%B4%CE%BF%E1%BD%BA-%CE%B3%E1%BD%B0%CF%81-%E1%BC%A1-%CE%B2%CE%B1%CF%83%CE%B9%CE%BB%CE%B5%CE%AF%CE%B1-%CF%84%CE%BF%E1%BF%A6-%CE%B8%CE%B5%CE%BF%E1%BF%A6-%E1%BC%90%CE%BD%CF%84%E1%BD%B8%CF%82-%E1%BD%91%CE%BC%E1%BF%B6%CE%BD-%E1%BC%90%CF%83%CF%84%CE%B9%CE%BD-the-kingdom-of-god-is-within-yo.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sun, 02 Jan 2011 15:09:24 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/%E1%BC%B0%CE%B4%CE%BF%E1%BD%BA-%CE%B3%E1%BD%B0%CF%81-%E1%BC%A1-%CE%B2%CE%B1%CF%83%CE%B9%CE%BB%CE%B5%CE%AF%CE%B1-%CF%84%CE%BF%E1%BF%A6-%CE%B8%CE%B5%CE%BF%E1%BF%A6-%E1%BC%90%CE%BD%CF%84%E1%BD%B8%CF%82-%E1%BD%91%CE%BC%E1%BF%B6%CE%BD-%E1%BC%90%CF%83%CF%84%CE%B9%CE%BD-the-kingdom-of-god-is-within-yo.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν – ‘‘The Kingdom of God is Within You’’ What Does Luke 17:21 Mean?</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Kerry A. Shirts MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT</p>
<p>Eagle Rock Lodge #19</p>
<p>Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>
<p>January 2, 2011</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>After healing the ten lepers, Luke then presents (17:20-21) the Pharisees as questioning Jesus about when the Kingdom of God would come. Jesus’ response is interesting because he tries to show them their expectations are inaccurate in how they perceive what is to happen. The discussion of the meaning of the Greek statement βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν – ‘‘The Kingdom of God is within you,’’ in biblical scholarship circles is fascinating. It is ambiguous and various interpretations give shades of meanings that teach us a very important lesson. Based on syntactical, linguistic, and grammatical considerations, there is simply no one single correct way to interpret this statement. Dogmatism has to be laid aside with the realization that the Bible itself is never clearly one sided and simple in its meaning. Nor is there always a single correct interpretation and meaning. It isn’t the fault of the scholars, it is the very nature of the way Greek is constructed (and recorded as well as written by the ancient authors styles and choices of expression!) and how it can legitimately be translated into various ways, perfectly logic and coherent, and yet sometimes arriving at contradictory readings and meanings. ‘‘Ernst Kasemann argues that such theological variety in the early church is ‘so wide even in the New Testament that we are compelled to admit the existence not merely of significant tensions, but, not infrequently, of irreconciliable theological contradictions.’ Krister Stendahl agrees that such differences cannot and should not be resolved through clever exegesis because ‘when they are overcome by harmonization, the very points intended by the writers are dulled and distorted.’’’[1]</p>


<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>James H. Charlesworth perhaps presents the summary of the scholarly position in relation to what Luke does with the records. First, it is interesting to recognize that ‘‘unlike any other book in the New Testament, the Gospel of Luke specifically claims to be a carefully crafted text based on meticulous research.’’[2] Here then we have Luke the historian, researching and using the records which were available to him. Charlesworth, based on the evidence of the Gospels themselves, noted, ‘‘The evangelists were not mere compilers of tradition; They were editors of tradition. Each shaped his own work according to certain easily recognized tendencies.’’[3] The great Catholic scholar Raymond E. Brown noted ‘‘each evangelist has ordered the material according to his understanding of Jesus and his desire to portray Jesus in a way that would meet the spiritual needs of the community to which he was addressing the Gospel. Thus the individual evangelists emerge as full authors of the Gospels, shaping, developing, pruning the tradition, and as full theologians, orienting that tradition to a particular goal.’’[4] According to one recent author, the eschatalogical apocalyptic hopes of the Jewish/Christians of Jesus’ day that the Kingdom of God would come, and hence save them from their enemies, are the hopes which Luke precisely here at 17:20-21, ‘‘counters the whole idea... tossing a wet blanket over eager eschatalogical hopes [which] is part of Luke’s agenda.’’[5] Let’s take a closer look at what Luke may have been driving at.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Georg Braumann described the apocalyptic feeling and situation in the second half of the first century. This apocalyptic fever ‘‘is documented in both Christian sources and other writings (cf. Josephus, <em>War</em> 6,5,4; Tacitus, <em>History</em> 5,13; Suetonius, <em>Lives of the Caesars, Vespasian</em> 4; 2 Thessalonians 2:2). It is against this background that Luke records 17:20-21... the Lucan eschatology is set within the context of a two-stage manifestation of the Kingdom of God as present and future.’’[6] And from here on, there are various divergent interpretations as to what Luke meant. Lets take a look at some of them.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Rudolf Bultmann warned against the ‘‘spiritualizing’’ of the meaning away in Luke so that Luke is saying ‘‘when the Kingdom comes, no one will ask and search for it anymore, but it will be there on a sudden in the midst of the foolish ones who will still want to calculate its arrival.’’[7]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The prolific Catholic scholar Joseph A. Fitzmyer noted that Jesus’ response to the Pharisees is ‘polemical’ and that ‘‘it does not so much tell them when the kingdom will come as imply that they are misunderstanding what it is all about... his answer clearly tells them that they are not to look for the time of its coming or the place of its arrival. Jesus rejects all useless speculation about the coming of the kingdom. Rather, the kingdom of God is among you. This affirmation repeats in effect what he had said in 11:20. The sense of the phrase <em>entos hymon</em> has been much discussed, but one of two senses of it is likely in the Lucan Gospel: Either ‘among you,’ i.e. in the midst of you, in the presence of the person of Jesus himself and his ministry of preaching and healing; Or ‘among you.’ i.e. within your grasp, reach... in effect, Jesus would be putting his inquirers on the spot: Either they have not recognized what is in their presence or they have not allowed themselves to be accosted by his Kingdom-preaching.’’[8]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>H. Meyer likwise noted that the person of Jesus in their midst was what was understood by the phrase ‘‘the kingdom of God is within you.’’[9] Beale and Carson note in favor of the idea ‘in your midst’ ‘‘possibly echoes Isaiah 45:14 – ‘God is among you,’ if Jesus indeed enphasizes that the kingdom of God is closely related to his person, message, and activity.’’[10] M. R. Vincent agreed with Meyer in acutely remarking that ‘‘‘you refers to the Pharisees, in whose hearts nothing certainly found a place less than did the ethical kingdom of God.’ Moreover, Jesus is not speaking of the inwardness of the kingdom, but of its presence. The whole language of the kingdom of heaven being within men, rather than men being within the kingdom is modern.’’[11]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Frederick Field described the various uses of the Greek for ‘‘within you,’’ in some of the classical Greeks’ use, and concluded that if the kingdom was not within the Pharisees hearts, that is precisely where it should be in the hearts of Christians. ‘‘Theophylact said let every man retire into himself, and see if he can find this kingdom in his heart; For if he find it not there, in vain will he find it in all the world besides.’’[12] Robert Hanna noted that of the two interpretations, the majority favor the meaning ‘within you,’ meaning in a person’s heart, rather than ‘among you,’ in the person of Jesus.[13] A. B. Bruce said the expression ἐντὸς ὑμῶν – ‘within you’ meaning ‘in your spirit’ is ‘‘the rendering [that] best corresponds with the non-visibility of the kingdom. The thought would be very appropriate one in discourse with disciples. Not so in discourse with Pharisees. To them it would be most natural to say ‘among you,’ = look around and see my works: devils cast out (Luke 11:20) and learn that the kingdom is already here.’’[14]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Ceslas Spicq noted the teaching of Jesus at Mark 1:15 that the kingdom of God was drawn near (<em>engiken</em>) and hence the verb being in the perfect indicative means an extreme closeness and immediate imminence, even a presence (‘it is here’). The reason for this is because of the ministry of Jesus himself. The ‘‘curious link between coming, being close, and being present occurs in John 4:23; 5:25 – ‘the hour is coming and now is.’ Finally the <em>basileia entos hymon estin </em>(Luke 17:20-21) which can be taken either as ‘among you, in your midst,’ meaning that the reign of God is present in Israel: or, ‘in you,’ meaning in each person who acts spiritually.’’[15]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The saying in Luke has a powerful parallel in one of the sayings of the Gospel of Thomas, as Helmut Koester noted. The Gospel of Thomas reads: ‘‘The disciples said to him, ‘When will the kingdom come?’ Jesus said, It will not come by looking for it. It will not be a matter of saying here it is, or there it is. Rather, the Kingdom of the Father is spread out upon the earth, and people do not see it.’’ Koester notes that ‘‘Thomas sees this coming of the kingdom primarily as an event that takes place as the disciples gain a new understanding of themselves.’’[16]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>In this respect, the Gnostic view and understanding would be similar to what Jean-Yves LeLoup has written concerning this parallel with saying 113 and Luke. ‘‘ It is a matter not of searching here or there for some special manifestation, but of opening our eyes to what is already before us, here and now and caring for all that is. Yet one place where God is prevented from manifesting is in the heart that is closed to love, the heart that refuses forgiveness and revels in betterness. Hell is truly the incapacity to love. Another place from which God is banished is the intellect that closes itself off from the light of its source, the mind that no longer seeks true understanding and indulges in doubt that is only a defense of its ignorance.’’[17] Interestingly, regarding Elaine Pagels discussing Luke’s passage and Thomas’s interpretation of it shows that this personal ‘‘voice within us all,’’ this kingdom of God, which sometimes is interpreted as within and sometimes among us, is actually taken by John and Thomas, with echoes in Luke, not as the end but back to the beginning with the Logos! The kingdom begins with the light, and is the focus of John and Thomas, Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος,<em> en arche en ho Logos</em> – ‘In the beginning was the word.’ This is the true light that enlightens everyone who comes into the world. ‘‘According to Thomas, Jesus says this primordial light not only brought the entire universe into being but still shines through everything we see and touch. For this primordial light is not simply impersonal energy but a being that speaks with a human voice – with Jesus’ voice.’’[18]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Marvin Meyer, the Gnostic scholar, noted that ‘‘similar expressions [like Luke’s Kingdom of God is within you] are known from the Manichaean Psalm Book, particularly 160, 20-21: ‘Heaven’s Kingdom, look, it is inside us, look, it is outside us. If we believe in it, we shall live in it forever.’’’[19] Another analysis that sheds a bit more light on this is Culy, Parsons, Stigall, who note ἐντὸς ὑμῶν is ‘‘spatial. This expression cold either mean (1) ‘within you,’ or (2) ‘in your presence,’ presumably as a self-reference. Option (2) is supported by the fact that ἐν ἡμῖν (LXX), ἐντὸς ὑμῶν (Aquila) and ἐν μεσῷ (Symmachus) are apparently all viewed as synonymous renderings of Exodus 17:7. Option (1), on the other hand, has considerable support from ancient commentators (e.g., Origen, Chrysostom, Athanasius, and Jerome. The fact that Luke uses only ἐντὸς here and concsistently uses ἐν μεσῷ to refer to ‘among’ also favors the former view. If (1) is adopted ὑμῶν must be taken as a general reference to ‘people’ rather than as a reference to the Pharisees.’’[20]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>A close analysis was performed by F. Godet wherein he noted:</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>‘‘The words ἐντὸς ὑμῶν [within you] are explained by almost all modern interpreters in the sense of, <em>in the midst of you</em>. Philologically this is possible; It may be harmonized with the γὰρ. But the verb ἐστιν would in this casenecessarily be required to be put before the regimen; For this verb <em>is</em> would have the emphasis. ‘it <em>is</em> really present.’ The idea ‘among you’ would be secondary. If the regimen ἐντὸς ὑμῶν has the emphasis (and its place proves that it has), it can only be because these words contain the reason introduced by ‘for.’ They should therefore serve to prove that the kingdom of God may have come without its coming being remarked; And this is what follows from its internal, spiritual nature. The meaning of this regimen is therefore, ‘within you.’ Besides, the preposition ἐντὸς [within] always includes a contrast to the idea without. If, therefore, we give to it here the meaning of ‘among,’ we must still suppose an understood contrast, that between the Jews as people within, and the Gentiles as people without. There is nothing in the context giving rise to such an antithesis. In giving to ἐντὸς the meaning ‘within,’ we are led back to the idea expressed in the answer of Jesus to Nicodemus: Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God, which confirms our explanation. It is the presence of essence.’’[21]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>So what we see here in some biblical scholarship analysis is that there is no one correct way to interpret aspects of the Bible. The grammar aspects can help us out in many respects, but it is not the solve all panacaea we think. The grammar as well as the philology and syntax can be contradictory and quirky as well. What is important to realize is that by understanding the different aspects of what something might mean, we are free to choose what for us works best, without ever having to damn and condemn others if they understand things differently than we do. They may very well have very good reasons, evidence, and contexts to defend their own understanding, exactly as we do. There may very well be no final correct interpretation, just different interpretations. There may be no right and wrong, righteous and evil ways of understanding things in the Bible, just seeing that there can be ambiguity, and we are all striving our best to gain some light and knowledge, while allowing others to have theirs also.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Endnotes</p>
<ol>
<li>Lee Martin McDonald, ‘‘Identifying Scripture and Canon in the Early Church: The Criteria Question,’’ in Lee Martin McDonald, James A. Sanders, eds., <em>The Canon Debate</em>, Hendrickson Publishers, 2002: 429.</li>
<li>Martin M. Culy, Mikeal C. Parsons, Joshua J. Stigall, <em>Luke: A Handbook on the Greek Text</em>, Baylor University Press, 2010: xix.</li>
<li>James H. Charlesworth, <em>Jesus Within Judaism: New Light from Exciting Archaeological Discoveries</em>, Anchor Bible Reference Library, Doubleday &amp; Co., 1988:18.</li>
<li>Raymond E. Brown, <em>Responses to 101 Questions on the Bible</em>, Paulist Press, 1990: 57.</li>
<li>Robert M. Price, <em>The Incredible Shrinking Son of Man</em>, Prometheus Books, 2003: 277.</li>
<li>Georg Baumann, ‘‘Present,’’ in Colin Brown, Gen Editor, <em>The New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology</em>, 4 vols., Zondervan Publishing, 1971: quote in Vol. 2: 921.</li>
<li>Rudolf Bultmann, <em>History of the Synoptic Tradition</em>, Hendrickson Publishers, Revised edition, 1963: 121.</li>
<li>Joseph A. Fitzmyer, <em>The Gospel According to Luke X-XXIV</em>,&#0160; The Anchor Bible, Doubleday and Co., 1985: 1159.</li>
<li>H. A. W. Meyer, <em>Meyer’s Critical and Exegetical Handbook of the Gospels of Mark and Luke,</em> Alpha Greek Library, reprint of 1884 edition, in 1979: 490-491.</li>
</ol>
<p>10.&#0160; G. K. Beale, D. A. Carson, editors, <em>Commentary on the New Testament Use of the Old Testament</em>, Baker Academic, 2007: 346.</p>
<p>11.&#0160; M. R. Vincent, <em>Word Studies in the New Testament</em>, MacDonald Publishing, 1888: 203.</p>
<p>12.&#0160; Frederick Field, <em>Notes on the Translation of the New Testament</em>, Hendrickson Publishers, reprint, 1994 of the 1899 Cambridge University edition, p. 71.</p>
<p>13.&#0160; Robert Hanna, <em>A Grammatical Aid to the Greek New Testament</em>, Baker House Books, 1983: 132-133.</p>
<p>14.&#0160; A. B. Bruce, <em>The Expositor’s Greek Testament</em>, Eerdmans reprint, 1976: The Synoptics, Vol. 1:594, note on vs. 20, 21.</p>
<p>15.&#0160; Ceslas Spicq, <em>Theological Lexicon of the New Testament</em>, 3 vols., Hendrickson Publishers, 1994, quote in Vol. 1:266-267.</p>
<p>16.&#0160; Arthur Koester, <em>Ancient Christian Gospels, Their History and Development</em>, Trinity Press International, 1990: 83.</p>
<p>17.&#0160; Jean-Yves LeLoup, <em>The Gospel of Thomas: The Gnostic Wisdom of Jesus</em>, Inner Traditions, 2005: 220-221.</p>
<p>18.&#0160; Elain Pagels, <em>Beyond Belief: The Secret Gospel of Thomas</em>, Random House, 2003: 31-32.</p>
<p>19.&#0160; Marvin Meyer, <em>The Gospel of Thomas, The Hidden Sayings of Jesus</em>, HarperSanFransisco, 1992: 69.</p>
<p>20.&#0160; Martin M. Culy, Mikeal C. Parsons, Joshua J. Stigall, <em>Luke: A Handbook on the Greek Text</em>, Baylor University Press, 2010: 552.</p>
<p>21.&#0160; F. Godet, <em>A Commentary on the Gospel of Luke</em>, The Foreign Theological Library, 2 vols., 5th edition translated from the French by M. D. Cusin, T &amp; T Clark, latest impression, 1976, Vol. 2: 194.</p>]]></content:encoded><description>ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν – ‘‘The Kingdom of God is Within You’’ What Does Luke 17:21 Mean? Kerry A. Shirts MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT Eagle Rock Lodge #19 Idaho Falls, Idaho January 2, 2011...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/%E1%BC%B0%CE%B4%CE%BF%E1%BD%BA-%CE%B3%E1%BD%B0%CF%81-%E1%BC%A1-%CE%B2%CE%B1%CF%83%CE%B9%CE%BB%CE%B5%CE%AF%CE%B1-%CF%84%CE%BF%E1%BF%A6-%CE%B8%CE%B5%CE%BF%E1%BF%A6-%E1%BC%90%CE%BD%CF%84%E1%BD%B8%CF%82-%E1%BD%91%CE%BC%E1%BF%B6%CE%BD-%E1%BC%90%CF%83%CF%84%CE%B9%CE%BD-the-kingdom-of-god-is-within-yo.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>ἐμβριμαομαι αυτω: Was Jesus Really “Snorting Angry,” With the Leper in Mark 1:43-44 After Healing Him?</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/kI_WrwqOKcg/%E1%BC%90%CE%BC%CE%B2%CF%81%CE%B9%CE%BC%CE%B1%CE%BF%CE%BC%CE%B1%CE%B9-%CE%B1%CF%85%CF%84%CF%89-was-jesus-really-snorting-angry-with-the-leper-in-mark-143-44-after-healing-him.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 01 Jan 2011 15:34:47 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/%E1%BC%90%CE%BC%CE%B2%CF%81%CE%B9%CE%BC%CE%B1%CE%BF%CE%BC%CE%B1%CE%B9-%CE%B1%CF%85%CF%84%CF%89-was-jesus-really-snorting-angry-with-the-leper-in-mark-143-44-after-healing-him.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>ἐμβριμαομαι αυτω: Was Jesus Really “Snorting Angry,” With the Leper in Mark 1:43-44 After Healing Him?</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Kerry A. Shirts, MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT</p>
<p>Eagle Rock Lodge #19</p>
<p>Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>
<p>January 1, 2011</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>When we begin reading the Gospel of Mark, we soon run into the story of Jesus healing the leper (after he had healed many at Simon Peter’s Mother-in-law’s house – vss. 30-34), and Jesus says to him after he heals him - &#0160;Και εμβριμησαμενος αυτω ευθεως εξεβαλεν αυτον – “And having strictly charge him, immediately he sent him away. ”</p>
<p>&#0160;The Greek brings up something that is not grasped at all in the English translations. Kenneth Wuest noted the verb in the phrase “He straightly charged him,” “is <em>embrimaomai</em> (ἐμβριμαομαι) from <em>brimaomai</em> (βριμαομαι) “to be moved with anger.” The word Mark uses means “to snort,” and was used of horses. In the classics it meant “to be very angry, to be moved with indignation.”[1] Heinrich August Wilhelm Meyer described this scene, based on the Greek as “After he had been angry at him, wrathfully addressing him… we are to conceive of a vehement <em>begone now! Away hence! </em>With this is connected also the forcible εξεβαλεν (exebalen – [KAS notes – from the verb ἐκβάλλω (<em>ekballō</em>) meaning “to throw out,”
</p>
“to drive out,” “expel,” etc.]). Observe the peculiar way in which Mark depicts how Jesus with very earnest zeal desired and urged the departure of the man that was healed.”[2] The Louw Nida Lexicon indicates that ἐμβριμάομαι: [means] to exhibit irritation or even anger in expressing a harsh reproof—‘to denounce harshly, to scold.’ καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ ‘and they denounced her harshly’ Mk 14.5.[3]
<p>&#0160;The anomaly arises because in verse 41 Jesus was said to have been moved with compassion for the leper’s plight! Here is how Wuest so beautifully expresses it:</p>
<p>&#0160;Jesus, moved with compassion, <em>splagchnizomai</em> (σπλαγχνιζομαι), passive voice. The pitiful state of the leper aroused in our Lord’s heart the feeling of pity and love. Expositors says, “Watch carefully the portraiture of Christ’s personality in this Gospel, Mark’s specialty.” Luke, describing the same incident, does not have the words “moved with compassion,” but has the same construction that Mark uses “having stretched out His hand,” an aorist participle, and “touched him,” an aorist verb, but instead of using the finite verb “saith” of Mark, he uses the present participle “saying.” This gives us a wonderful truth. The rule of Greek grammar that governs this construction is that the action of the present tense participle goes on simultaneously with the action of the leading verb. That is, Jesus was saying “I will” at the time He was touching the leper. But the thought “I will,” the determination to follow out His desire to cleanse the leper, and the act of cleansing him, all preceded the spoken words and the outstretched hand. All of which means that our Lord did not touch the leper in order to cleanse him, but to show him and the people around, that he was cleansed of his leprosy. The Levitical law forbad a Jew to touch a leper. Our Lord lived under that law and obeyed it. The first kind touch of a human hand that leper ever experienced, was the gentle touch of the Son of God.</p>
<p>How all this illustrates the sweet old story of the gospel. Leprosy is a type of sin. The sinner comes crying, “Unclean, unclean, if thou wilt, thou canst make me clean.” And the Lord Jesus, moved with compassion, stretches out His hand and touches him, saying, “I will, be thou clean.” And, as in the case of the leper, He cleanses us from sin before He touches us. In John 1:12, justification precedes regeneration in the divine economy. Mercy is only given on the basis of justice satisfied. So it is, “But as many as appropriated Him, to them gave He a legal right to become born ones of God, to those who put their trust in His name.” And so, as the sinner recognizes the Lord Jesus as the One who through His outpoured blood on the Cross, procured for sinful man a legal right to the mercy of God, he becomes the recipient of regeneration and of all the other parts of salvation.</p>
<p>Be thou clean. The verb is in the aorist passive imperative. That is, “be cleansed at once.” It was an immediate cure.[4]</p>
<p>&#0160;So what gives? How come Jesus became so angry all the sudden? Even Moulton and Milligan noted the papyri discovered at the turn of the last century in heaps of garbage dumps dating back to ancient times (the famous Oxyrinchus papyri, among others) that the Greek verb we are dealing with, ἐμβριμαομαι is “difficult… in the New Testament, but the LXX usage… is in favor of the meaning ‘am angry,’ ‘express violent displeasure,’ perhaps with the added idea of ‘within oneself.’ ”[5] John P. Meier noted that ἐμβριμαομαι gives us the impression of “snorting or puffing with sterness bordering on anger. ”[6] F. J. A. Hort said “it is used of the expression of various kinds of strong feeling here = ‘sternly charging.’”[7]</p>
<p>&#0160;All that being said, Swete noted what perhaps ἐμβριμαομαι means within the semantic range of meaning within the New Testament and the Jewish world’s understanding of the term. Word’s meanings change through time, and this one is no exception. “But the idea of anger is not inherent in the word; see John 11:33, 38 where it is used of our Lord’s attitude towards Himself; rather it indicates depth and strength of feeling expressed in tone and manner. A close parallel to the present passage is to be found in Matthew 9:30. In neither case can we discover any occasion for displeasure with the subject of the verb… (Wycliffe – ‘thretenyde hym’ [threatened him] is too harsh… we may paraphrase ‘He gave him a stern injunction.’”[8]</p>
<p>&#0160;Wuest once again noted that “Vincent says, ‘The reason for this charge and dismissal lay in the desire of Jesus not to thwart His ministry by awaking the premature violence of His enemies; who, if they should see the leper and hear his story before he had been officially pronounced clean by the priest, might deny either that he had been a leper or had been truly cleansed.’ Expositors says, ‘He (Mark) does not mean to impute real anger to Jesus, but only a masterful manner dictated by a desire that the benefit should be complete—, away, out of this, to the priest; do what the law requires, that you may be not only clean but recognized as such by the authorities, and so received by the people as a leper no longer.’[9] Robertson says that <em>embrimaomai</em> (ἐμβριμαομαι) ‘expresses powerful emotion as Jesus stood here face to face with leprosy, itself a symbol of sin and all its train of evils.’[10] Mark has been shown to be displaying his own “character sketch” of Jesus, as opposed to how Matthew or Luke tended to portray Jesus through the grammatical usage of narrative, the use of imperfects, and other such devices, which portrays a Jesus more in action, more in sympathy and compassion.[11] As C. S. Mann noted, “Mark’s version, with its vivid detail, may owe far more to an original oral reminiscence than to the other evangelists.”[12]</p>
<p>&#0160;Another interesting angle by Mann is simply that Jesus’ “indignation” may not be focused on the poor leper and his suffering at all, nor at his supposed “disregard of legal prescriptions for isolation of such sufferers… but more likely is an indignation at the Satanic disorder in God’s creation.”[13]</p>
<p>&#0160;One thing is certain. Jesus was a passionate person. He was a compassionate person. He also was a law abiding citizen of his society as in this particular instance, “In compliance with the law given to Moses (Lev 14:1), he charges the newly restored man to show himself to the priest…(cf. Lev. 13:49).”[14] He was not out for personal vain-glory which is reinforced by the Greek verb ὅρα in the imperative mood which Hanna shows “is only a sort of particle adding emphasis to the imperative, ‘see that you say nothing to anyone.’ ”[15]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Analyzing the lexical semantics, grammatical descriptions, and linguistic interpretations of the Greek has, however, given us a deeper appreciation for this story. It has gotten us “behind” the scenes of the English a little better, with a deeper understanding of the emotional, spiritual, and seriously personal significance of this event for both, the leper and the Lord.</p>
<p>&#0160;Endnotes</p>
<ol>
<li>Wuest, K. S. (1997, c1984). <em>Wuest&#39;s Word Studies from the Greek New Testament </em>(Mk 1:43). Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.</li>
<li>Heinrich August Wilhelm Meyer, <em>Critical and Exegetical Hand-Book of the Gospels of Mark and Luke</em>, Alpha Publications, reprint in 1979 of the 6<sup>th</sup> edition of 1884: 24.</li>
<li>Louw, J. P., &amp; Nida, E. A. (1996, c1989). <em>Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament&#0160; : Based on Semantic Domains</em> (electronic ed. of the 2nd edition.) (1:435-436). New York: United Bible societies. </li>
<li>Wuest, K. S. (1997, c1984). <em>Wuest&#39;s Word Studies from the Greek New Testament</em> (Mk 1:41). Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.</li>
<li>J. H. Moulton, G. Milligan, <em>Vocabulary of the Greek Testament</em>, Hendrickson Publishers, 2<sup>nd</sup> ed., 2004:206.</li>
<li>John P. Meier, <em>A Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus</em>, Vol. 2, Anchor Bible Reference Library, Doubleday &amp; Co., 1994: 700.</li>
<li>F. J. A. Hort, <em>Expository and Exegetical Studies, Compendium of Works Formerly Published Separately, Including the Gospel According to Mark</em>,&#0160; Kloch &amp; Kloch Christian Publishers, Limited Classical Reprint Library, 1980: 67. </li>
<li>Henry Barclay Swete, <em>Commentary on Mark: The Greek Text with Introduction, Notes, and Indexes</em>, Kregel Publications, 1977, reprint, 1981: 30.</li>
<li>Wuest is quoting [accurately I might add] <em>The Expositor’s Greek Testament, The Synoptic Gospels</em>, by Alexander Balmain Bruce, Eerdfmans reprint 1976: 349.</li>
</ol>
<p>10.&#0160; Wuest, K. S. (1997, c1984). <em>Wuest&#39;s Word Studies from the Greek New Testament </em>(Mk 1:43). Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.</p>
<p>11.&#0160; See Daniel B. Wallace, <em>Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New Testament</em>, Zondervan, 6<sup>th</sup> edition, 1996: 502.</p>
<p>12.&#0160; C. S. Mann, <em>Mark, A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary</em>, The Anchor Bible, Doubleday and Co., 1986: 218-219.</p>
<p>13.&#0160; Mann, <em>Ibid</em>., p. 219.</p>
<p>14.&#0160; G. K. Beale, D. A. Carson, editors, <em>Commentary on the New Testament Use of the Old Testament</em>, Baker Academic, 2007: 129.</p>
<p>15.&#0160; Robert Hanna, <em>A Grammatical Aid to the Greek New Testament</em>, Baker Book House, 1983: 61.</p>]]></content:encoded><description>ἐμβριμαομαι αυτω: Was Jesus Really “Snorting Angry,” With the Leper in Mark 1:43-44 After Healing Him? Kerry A. Shirts, MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT Eagle Rock Lodge #19 Idaho Falls, Idaho January 1, 2011 When we begin reading the Gospel...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2011/01/%E1%BC%90%CE%BC%CE%B2%CF%81%CE%B9%CE%BC%CE%B1%CE%BF%CE%BC%CE%B1%CE%B9-%CE%B1%CF%85%CF%84%CF%89-was-jesus-really-snorting-angry-with-the-leper-in-mark-143-44-after-healing-him.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε – Prove All Things, Hold Fast That Which is Good</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/y5XE_T8QMBo/%CF%80%CE%AC%CE%BD%CF%84%CE%B1-%CE%B4%E1%BD%B2-%CE%B4%CE%BF%CE%BA%CE%B9%CE%BC%CE%AC%CE%B6%CE%B5%CF%84%CE%B5-%CF%84%E1%BD%B8-%CE%BA%CE%B1%CE%BB%E1%BD%B8%CE%BD-%CE%BA%CE%B1%CF%84%CE%AD%CF%87%CE%B5%CF%84%CE%B5-prove-all-things-hold-fast-that-which-is-good.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2010 15:03:08 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/12/%CF%80%CE%AC%CE%BD%CF%84%CE%B1-%CE%B4%E1%BD%B2-%CE%B4%CE%BF%CE%BA%CE%B9%CE%BC%CE%AC%CE%B6%CE%B5%CF%84%CE%B5-%CF%84%E1%BD%B8-%CE%BA%CE%B1%CE%BB%E1%BD%B8%CE%BD-%CE%BA%CE%B1%CF%84%CE%AD%CF%87%CE%B5%CF%84%CE%B5-prove-all-things-hold-fast-that-which-is-good.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε – Prove All Things, Hold Fast That Which is Good: Part 2 - Refutation of a Popular Atheist Credo</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Kerry A. Shirts. MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT</p>
<p>Ritualist/Education Officer</p>
<p>Eagle Rock Lodge # 19</p>
<p>Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>
<p>December 28. 2010</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>By doing a little browsing through the Bible, we can find all sorts of ideas which sometimes take us by complete surprise. A popularized Atheist Credo I have been told by atheists is that we Bible believers are taught not to think, but simply accept what we are told. I simply do not find that concept in the Bible. The exact opposite intellectual paradigm is actually presented to us to consider.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε – Prove All Things, Hold Fast That Which is Good is found in 1 Thessalonians 5:21. This entire discourse is given by Paul to keep the people in readiness and not get caught off guard. The exhortation to be sober in vss. 6 and 8 is the Greek word νήφω <em>nēphō</em><em> </em>having the sense of sober watchfulness, while at &#0160;2 Timothy 4:5 we read: σὺ δὲ νῆφε ἐν πᾶσιν, “you, however, <em>show sound judgment</em> in all things.” Actually, the verb is always found with exhortations. Verse 11 reads, in part, the necessity of “edifying” one another. The Greek verb here is οἰκοδομέω (<em>oikodomeō</em>) which is used of building houses, with the idea of “building up” or “to make more able.” Paul, when talking to the Ephesians declared they were to be δοκιμάζοντες τί ἐστιν εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ - “proving what is acceptable unto the Lord.” The verb δοκιμάζω (<em>dokimazō</em>) is in the present active meaning there is no assessment of the action’s completion. It means to regard something as genuine or worthy on the basis of testing—to judge to be genuine, to judge as good, to approve. δοκιμάζοντες is the plural because it is spoken to the entire group of the Ephesians. Larkin notes that “the participle could indicate the process of critical examination to determine genuineness, (Philippians 1:10) but more likely points to a response to the result of the investigation” – ‘to draw a conclusion about worth on the basis of testing, prove, approve.’[1]
</p>

<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The same verb at 1 Thessalonians 5:21 – δοκιμάζετε – here is the imperative (a command in other words, or a serious request) present, active 2<sup>nd</sup> person plural. They are commanded to prove everything, accept nothing told them by anyone in any state, drunken or sober (vss 4-8). Don’t de evil to anyone, (vs. 15) don’t follow the ways of the world, (vss. 11-13) be patient, support the weak, (vss. 16-20) help out the feeble-minded (vs. 14) (ὀλιγόψυχος – <em>oligopsychos</em> - implies, of course, that they are not to be feeble-minded, but strong-minded to succor those in need of help. An alternative translation is ‘encourage those who are losing heart’ 1 Thess 5.14. The expression ‘those who are losing heart’ is semantically negative, but can be expressed in a more specifically negative form in some languages, for example, ‘those who do not have courage’ or ‘those whose hearts are not strong.’)</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>No matter how we look at it, there is just simply nothing here that says don’t think. There is nothing here that says don’t test or don’t prove but simply believe in blind faith. John absolutely declares with pure power and logic the proper mental attitude of believers: “Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see whether they are from God, for many false prophets have gone out into the world.” This is as plain as it gets form 1 John 1:4. He declares quite openly - μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε – “Do <em>not</em> believe every spirit.” (my emphasis) The negative particle μὴ (<em>mē</em>) is a marker of negative purpose. He continued clearly without equivocation or question - ἀλλὰ δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα – “but test the spirits…” Here, as in Paul’s commands to the people he was teaching, John gives an imperative command in the active present – δοκιμάζετε (dokimazete). “</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Δόκιμος, (dokimos) used in Greek literature for “tested (by battle), proved, recognized, authentic” (of persons and things), is rare in the LXX and is used there to designate metals as authentic.”[2] Swanson also notes that “In accordance with the formation of the verb with -αζω one may say that δοκιμάζω refers to the thought and action in which one proves that he is δόκιμος; δοκιμή is the result of this active voice. The active voice corresponds to an existence which consists in its fundamental referent, in knowledge and understanding. It is expressed as critical discernment (examination) and in practical testing of the experience of knowing or of being known in relation to oneself and to others.”[3]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The Bible is refreshingly direct at telling people to think, to learn, to do, and use our brains, in a total engagement of heart, mind, soul, body, and brains, to enjoy our earth lives, and have hope for the eternal life to come.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Endnotes</p>
<ol>
<li>William J. Larkin, <em>Ephesians A Handbook on the Greek Text</em>, Baylor University Press, 2009: 115-116.</li>
<li>James Swanson <em>A Dictionary of Biblical Languages: Greek New Testament</em>, Logos, 2007, Vol. 1, p. 341.</li>
<li>Swanson, <em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages</em>, Vol. 1, p. 341.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#0160;</p>]]></content:encoded><description>πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε – Prove All Things, Hold Fast That Which is Good: Part 2 - Refutation of a Popular Atheist Credo Kerry A. Shirts. MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT Ritualist/Education Officer Eagle Rock Lodge # 19...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/12/%CF%80%CE%AC%CE%BD%CF%84%CE%B1-%CE%B4%E1%BD%B2-%CE%B4%CE%BF%CE%BA%CE%B9%CE%BC%CE%AC%CE%B6%CE%B5%CF%84%CE%B5-%CF%84%E1%BD%B8-%CE%BA%CE%B1%CE%BB%E1%BD%B8%CE%BD-%CE%BA%CE%B1%CF%84%CE%AD%CF%87%CE%B5%CF%84%CE%B5-prove-all-things-hold-fast-that-which-is-good.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>Διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν : “Gird Up the Loins of Your Mind” - A Refutation of a Popularized Atheist Credo Against Christians</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/IdfzvbZuCfg/%CE%B4%CE%B9%E1%BD%B8-%E1%BC%80%CE%BD%CE%B1%CE%B6%CF%89%CF%83%CE%AC%CE%BC%CE%B5%CE%BD%CE%BF%CE%B9-%CF%84%E1%BD%B0%CF%82-%E1%BD%80%CF%83%CF%86%CF%8D%CE%B1%CF%82-%CF%84%E1%BF%86%CF%82-%CE%B4%CE%B9%CE%B1%CE%BD%CE%BF%CE%AF%CE%B1%CF%82-%E1%BD%91%CE%BC%E1%BF%B6%CE%BD-gird-up-the-loins-of-your-mind-a-.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2010 09:47:10 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/12/%CE%B4%CE%B9%E1%BD%B8-%E1%BC%80%CE%BD%CE%B1%CE%B6%CF%89%CF%83%CE%AC%CE%BC%CE%B5%CE%BD%CE%BF%CE%B9-%CF%84%E1%BD%B0%CF%82-%E1%BD%80%CF%83%CF%86%CF%8D%CE%B1%CF%82-%CF%84%E1%BF%86%CF%82-%CE%B4%CE%B9%CE%B1%CE%BD%CE%BF%CE%AF%CE%B1%CF%82-%E1%BD%91%CE%BC%E1%BF%B6%CE%BD-gird-up-the-loins-of-your-mind-a-.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>Διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν<strong><sup> </sup></strong>: “Gird Up the Loins of Your Mind” - A Refutation of a Popularized Atheist Credo Against Christians</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Kerry A. Shirts, MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT</p>
<p>Ritualist/Education Officer</p>
<p>Eagle Rock Lodge # 19</p>
<p>Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>
<p>December 23, 2010</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The texts which I will exercise rigorous hermeneutical, exegetical, historical, and theological analysis are, for the most part, going to be 1 Peter 1:13 (hence the title of my paper) and Philippians 1:9-11. Investigating the Greek grammar, semantic range of meanings for words, exegetical and hermeneutic interpretations shed a great amount of light on the meaning of many biblical verses that are either misunderstood, mistranslated, or simply ignored.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The popularized atheist credo which the title of my paper alludes to is the general idea that we Christians are basically too stupid to critically think. Our belief in the Bible is misguided because it teaches us, in a nutshell, to simply sit down, shut up and accept our beliefs with “blind faith”which have no evidence. Never think critically for ourselves, but simply accept what our pastors, bishops or other church leaders teach from the pulpit. We don’t have the intellectual capacity to be “objective,” “scientific,” or even “realistic,” because the Bible proclaims that we are to accept things using “blind faith.” We can’t prove anything we believe in because we are taught not to think, but only believe and be naïve, both intellectually and realistically. The Bible programs us for dumb belief and to live in blind faith, hence we are brain washed stupid.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Granted the charges against us are emotionally laden, however, a close look at what the Bible actually does teach demonstrates that the atheist paradigm concerning our Christian intellect is itself terribly naïve and subjective, and worse still, completely wrong. Lets take a more careful look at what the Bible actually does say and teach, not relying merely on English translations, which miss the force of the Greek, but exploring the Greek meaning itself. The question is, just what does the Bible teach us about how to use our brains? Are we truly to simply shut up, sit down, and accept everything that is told without ever thinking for ourselves? Are we taught in the Bible to ignore the intellect and simply believe? This is what I will investigate in this paper.
</p>

<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The Mormon prophet Joseph Smith taught “A man is saved no faster than he gets knowledge, for if he does not get knowledge, he will be brought into captivity by some evil power in the other world…”[1] He also taught “the things of God are of deep import; and time, and experience, and careful and ponderous and solemn thoughts… stretch as high as the heavens. No short cuts or easy lessons here! Note well that the Prophet makes no distinction between the things of the spirit and the things of the intellect.”[2] And this is what gave me the impetus for the title of my paper. The Greek in the title - Διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν – translates as “girding up the loins of your mind. ” The image is a good one! An alternative translation gives us “Have your minds ready for action is literally ‘gird up the loins of your mind.’ To ‘gird the loin’ was an appropriate metaphor for people in the Middle East at that time. These people normally wore long gowns, and when someone prepared for any strenuous activity, he ‘girded’ his robe, that is, he tied his robe securely (by using a belt, for example), to make sure that his robe would not be in the way. The metaphor therefore came to mean ‘be ready for action.’ The area of readiness in this verse is the mind… The NIV reads ‘prepare your minds for action.’”[3] The Greek phrase declares this clearly - ἀναζώννυμαι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας (<em>anazōnnymai tas osphuas tēs dianoias</em>), be ready to learn, prepare for action, formally, gird (bind) the loins of the mind, culturally equal to “roll up your sleeves for mental action.” (1Peter 1:13)[4] Louw and Nida in their Lexicon of Semantic Domains show that ἀναζώννυμαι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας: (an idiom, literally ‘to bind up the loins&#0160; of the mind’) to prepare oneself for learning and thinking—‘to get one’s mind ready for action, to be ready to learn and to think, to be alert.’ διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν ‘so then, have your minds ready for action’ 1 Peter 1.13.[5] Cf. Proverbs 31:17 – “She girdeth her loins with strength, and strengtheneth her arms.”</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>M. R. Vincent noted that this metaphor is appropriate because the girding up of the clothes or loins is “preparatory to running or other exertion. Perhaps recalling the words of Christ (Luke 12:35 – “Be properly dressed and have your lamps be lit”). Christ’s call is a call to active service. There is a fitness in the figure as addressed to sojourners and pilgrims who must always be ready to move (and whom Peter addressed as such at 1 Peter 1:1 and 2:11).”[6]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Kenneth Wuest in his characteristic excellent style of exegesis noted:</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><em>The word “to gird up” is in the aorist tense which refers to a past once-for-all act. Bringing this oriental expression over to the occidental manner of thinking, enables us to translate, “Wherefore, having put out of the way, once for all, everything that would impede the free action of your mind.” Peter treats this as a God-expected obligation on the part of the believer. In 1:3 we learned that as the believer definitely subjected himself to the ministry of the Holy Spirit, He would produce in his life through the Word, that Christian optimism that always looks for the best and not for the worst, that always sees the silver lining on every cloud. By the power of the same Holy Spirit, he is able to exert his will in putting out of his mind those things that would impede its free action. Thus, the Christian has the privilege of enjoying the wholesome mental atmosphere called “Christian optimism and a care-free mind,” not a mind devoid of an appreciation of the seriousness of life and its responsibilities, but a mind not crippled and frozen by worry, fear, and their related mental attitudes. Living in this blessed mental state, the believer is ready and able to obey the exhortations to which the apostle now addresses himself.</em></p>
<p><em>The first one is, “be sober.” The Greek word means, “to be calm and collected in spirit, to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect.” It speaks of the proper exercise of the mind, that state of mind in which the individual is self-controlled, and is able to see things without the distortion caused by worry, fear, and their related attitudes. The second admonition is, “hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ.” The words, “hope to the end,” do not refer to the Christian living in a state of hopefulness to the end of his life. The word “end” is the translation of </em><em>teleios (</em><em>τελειος</em><em>)<sup> </sup>&#0160;which means “perfectly, completely.” The root idea of the word refers to that which is in a state of completeness. Thus this adverb qualifies the verb “hope” and describes this hope. It is to be a hope that is complete, a perfect hope, wanting nothing, being in its character an assured expectation. One could translate, “set your hope perfectly, unchangeably, without doubt and despondency.”</em>[7]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>F. J. A. Hort noted that the Greek genitive noun τῆς<sup> </sup>διανοίας (the mind, disposition, or thought) partially limits the meaning of “disciplined promptness” being the opposite of “slackness and indolent heedlessness.” διάνοια is usually meant “mind, and includes all in man that thinks.”[8] The <em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages with Semantic Domains&#0160; : Greek (New Testament)</em> notes that διάνοια&#0160; includes mind, reasoning, understanding, thinking (Ephesians 4:18); 2. way of thinking, disposition, manner of thought (Colossians 1:21); 3. thought, the content of what one is thinking (Luke 1:51); 4. To be ready to learn, prepare for action (1 Peter 1:13)[9] Hort further noted that in Hebrew the idea of mind was the heart. “The heart according to Hebrew speech [was] being treated as the centre of thought as well as of every other human energy. [Greek] καρδία is immeasurably oftener the rendering…”[10] In the <em>Sefer Yetzirah,</em> we learn that “It is in the heart that the action of the Mind is manifest in the body. As soon as the influence of the mind ceases, the heart ceases to function, this being the definition of death. The heart also provides the life-force to the brain and nervous system. When the heart stops pumping, the nervous system can no longer function, and the mind no longer exerts influence on the body. The heart therefore serves as a casual link between mind and body. It is for this reason that <em>Sefer Yetzirah</em> calls the heart – ‘the king over the soul.’ It also describes the mystical experience as a ‘running of the heart.’”[11]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>J. H. A. Hart noted that νήφοντες τελείως<strong> </strong>(<em>nēphō</em><em>n</em><em>tes</em> <em>teleiōs</em><sup> </sup>- the verb and adverb saying to be “completely sober”) is a recognized equivilant of the Hebrew <em>lev</em> – “heart.” He notes that “in cases like this it is natural to take the adverb with the preceding verb. τελείως [“completely”] (only here in the N.T.) has much the same force as τῆς<sup> </sup>διανοίας (the mind)... sobriety is necessary for watchfulness.”[12] Compare the metaphor in Eccles. 10:2 – “’The heart of a wise man is on his right, but the heart of a fool on his left.’ The exact meaning of the proverb, however, is obscure. Heart is probably to be taken for the judgment or understanding, and the sentiment is that a wise man has his understanding and is always at ready and vigorous command, while the opposite is the case with the fool.”[13]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>When we turn to Paul’s comments to the Philippians we find something extremely interesting. I will analyze this piece by piece from verse 9 through verse 11.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει <strong>10 </strong>εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα, ἵνα ἦτε εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, <strong>11 </strong>πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον θεοῦ.[14]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><em>And it is my prayer that your love may abound more and more, with knowledge and all discernment, </em><strong><em><sup>10</sup></em></strong><em> so that you may approve what is excellent, and so be pure and blameless for the day of Christ, </em><strong><em><sup>11</sup></em></strong><em> filled with the fruit of righteousness that comes through Jesus Christ, to the glory and praise of God.</em>(ESV)</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">κα</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ὶ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">το</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ῦ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">το</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> π</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ροσεύχομαι</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">, </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἵ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">να </span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">– </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">“</span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">And I pray this...</span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">” </span></p>
<p>The syntactical force of the deponent finite verb for “pray,” the Greek προσεύχομαι (<em>proseuchomai </em>in the present tense), is in a subordinate conjunctive relation and is modified by ἵνα (<em>hina</em>, meaning “in order that, ” or “so that”), hence Paul is continually praying, showing concern and desire for the Philippians. The Greek τοῦτο indicates what comes after it in this sentence. This is understood because of the ἵνα that follows.[15] Gerald F. Hawthorne indicates that καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, ἵνα shows that Paul is not only praying for them, but that he reveals the content of his prayer, “and I pray this, namely, that.... ” “The ἵνα here is a conjunction that introduces a clause explaining or expounding on τοῦτο (“this”) which Moule advocates this ἵνα denoting content. The content of his prayer then, is that the Philippians love may increase.[16] The verb προσεύχομαι – “pray” has a basic meaning which is stative or linear and is thus found in the present tense – “and I pray this, <strong>that your love may abound</strong> yet more and more…”[17] The epexegetical or appositional ἵνα in the subjunctive mood expresses a possibility, or an uncertainty, which Paul expresses here as καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι... <strong>ἵ</strong><strong>να</strong><strong> </strong><strong>ἦ</strong><strong>τε</strong> εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ - “and I pray this… <strong>that you may be</strong> pure and blameless in the day of Christ…”[18]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἵ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">να</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> ἡ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἀ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">γά</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">π</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">η</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ὑ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">μ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ῶ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ν</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἔ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">τι</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">μ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ᾶ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">λλον</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">κα</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ὶ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">μ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ᾶ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">λλον</span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> – </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">“</span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">that your love may abound more and more…” </span></p>
<p>J. B. Lightfoot says ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον (<em>eti mallon kai mallon</em>) is “an accumulation of words to denote superabundance...”[19] “The comparative adverb μᾶλλον is repeated for emphasis, and the emphasis is heightened by the ἔτι - “yet more and more.”[20] But in Philippians 1:23 note πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον (“a very much better thing”) where all this emphasis is due to Paul’s struggling emotion. The ancient Greek used all these devices very often.[21]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἐ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ν</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἐ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">π</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ιγνώσει</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">κα</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ὶ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> π</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">άσ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ῃ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">α</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">ἰ</span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">σθήσει</span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> - </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">“</span><em><span style="text-decoration: underline;">with knowledge and all discernment</span></em><span style="text-decoration: underline;">”</span></p>
<p>With that background, we arrive at the 2<sup>nd</sup> crux of the matter for this paper. What appears in English translations however is lost from the Greek. This is saying something different than is translated, the same in some respects, but truly different. Sumney says this entire prepositional phrase can be understood to indicate the sphere of which the love of the Philippians is to abound. Hence the word ἐν denotes place (locative). Another angle to see this is ἐν may be instrumental, that is, indicating the means by which love is to grow. And here is what caused me to write this paper. What we lose in the English translations is powerfully in the Greek. Knowledge and insight are the causes of the growing love which will also help the Philippians discern what matters. The Greek καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει (“perception, discernment”) is a <em>hapax legomenon, </em>which means this word - αἰσθήσει - &#0160;occurs only once in the entire New Testament. The broad meaning gives us the idea of perception, “but in the proper context it signifies intellectual, especially moral perception or insight.”[22] This carries forward into the next phrase of verse 10 as well.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><strong>ε</strong><strong>ἰ</strong><strong>ς</strong><strong> </strong><strong>τ</strong><strong>ὸ</strong><strong> </strong><strong>δοκιμάζειν</strong><strong> </strong><strong>ὑ</strong><strong>μ</strong><strong>ᾶ</strong><strong>ς</strong><strong> </strong><strong>τ</strong><strong>ὰ</strong><strong> </strong><strong>διαφέροντα </strong>– This phrase is one of those rare instances where the articular infinitive with εἰς signifies result. It <span style="text-decoration: underline;">“</span>expresses the goal or purpose pf the Philippians abounding in love through knowledge and (intellectual and moral) insight. The accusative articular infinitive τὸ δοκιμάζειν [δοκιμάζω - the verb <em>dokimazō</em><em> </em>– means &#0160;“examine, try to out, test” (Luke 14:19; 1 Corinthians 3:13; 11:28; 2 Corinthians 8:8; Galatians 6:4; 1 Timothy 3:10); 2. regard as worthwhile (Romans 1:28), judge as good, regard something as genuine or worthy (Romans 1:28; 14:22][23] establishes the idea of proving something, to examine it, work it in our intellects and minds. This is the actual object of εἰς, which means ὑμᾶς is the subject and τὰ διαφέροντα (“to be worth more than, or be superior to”) is the object of “you” (the Philippians. In other words, The Philippians are to use their minds, turn on their brains, examine things, prove truths, and gain insights which increases love for each other.)[24]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The entire point of Paul encouraging the Philippian Saints to “use your brains” and improve the intellect, is the subjunctive desire and hope of Paul that the Philippians be found “blameless,” and “spotless.” The Greek shows this with the ἵνα clause which “expresses the purpose of their being able to properly discern.”[25] It is through the intellectual powers of our minds, the focus, the concentration, which gives us the power of discerning what truly matters, as Paul properly taught the ancient Philippians. Dr. Nicoll puts it this way: “Apparently an eager and enthusiastic spirit prevailed in this church. As so commonly it might be accompanied by a slight want of discernment. That would lead, on the one hand, to misunderstandings over trifling matters (cf. chap 4. 2?), on the other, to give heed to plausible teachers. As the Galatians combined enthusiasm and fickleness, perhaps at Philippi, enthusiasm was apt to prevail over spiritual common sense… a firm conception of those spiritual principles which would guide them in their relations with one another and the world - αἰσθήσει – a moral sensibility, quickness of ethical tact. Originally of sense-perception, but applicable to the inner world of sensibilities.”[26]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Notice, the spiritual principles are understood and able to be used because of, not in spite of intellectual efforts and moral thinking. The mind is every bit as engaged as the heart and soul is to be. Lightfoot mentions that αἰσθήσει (being the capacity to understand, the faculty for distinguishing the real nature of something, hence the idea of perception) “is concerned with practical applications.”[27] Robert Hanna described the Greek τὰ διαφέροντα (the idea of making a difference, to be able to surpass, carry about or differ) as the ability to make moral distinctions and understand inferior from superior values. “Paul’s deep concern for the Philippian believers is that they continue to grow toward maturity.” [28] That maturity process was an intellectual one as well as spiritual one. The same theme of Paul was taught to the Ephesians when he was there.</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>At Ephesians 3:18-19 we find Paul saying “…that you, being rooted and grounded in love, <strong><sup>18</sup></strong> may have strength to comprehend with all the saints what is the breadth and length and height and depth, <strong><sup>19</sup></strong> and to know the love of Christ that surpasses knowledge, that you may be filled with all the fullness of God.”</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>The Greek for having the strength to comprehend is κατα-λαβέσθαι the aorist infinitive middle voice -λαμβάνω <em>seize, apprehend</em>; also mentally, <em>grasp</em>.[29] Larkin says that the middle voice here “reinforces the subject’s role in ‘grasping, finding, understanding.’”[30] Like his desire to the Philippians, the Ephesians are also very seriously strongly encouraged to use their intellect. Engage your brain, learn, and gain the strength, ability, and power to grasp truth, in the Ephesians instance, the truth of God’s love through Jesus Christ. Markus S. Barth says “Paul points out that knowledge of the full dimensions of God’s secret cannot be easily mastered…” He further noted that this theme of grasping belongs to the vocabulary of fighting against an opponent, since strength is required to seize an opponent or to sack an acropolis. The verb “to grasp” at 3:18 however, is used metaphorically. This is at least as common as the physical says Barth: “Here it means to comprehend, to acknowledge a fact.”[31] Clearly Paul puts knowing God’s love, learning to differentiate significant from insignificant things, and basically gaining for oneself the knowledge of God in the intellectual realm of the mind, which includes a spiritual, ethical element of belief and action as well. As Ellicott so properly noted, the entire purpose of Paul’s concern was to teach, to encourage the saints to “discriminate,” learn and use our brains in “proving or approving of what is excellent…”[32] Or as another scholar wrote, “discern what is vital. Frequently in Stoicism the verb <em>dokimazo </em>here means to examine, hold an inquiry, or make a test in order to evaluate and judge and finally to retain what is of value. The present participle <em>diapheronia </em>was also current in Greek and Hellenistic philosophy to denote what was important or essential.”[33] This is achieved through “a discriminating love. It is to be accompanied by knowledge (ἐπιγνώσει) and understanding (αἰσθήσει), intellectual and moral insight... Paul is not averse to taking up ideas and traditions from the intellectual world around him to put them to good use...”[34]</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>This cursory look into a few of the ideas of the Bible from the Apostle Paul indicates that he was very concerned, enough concerned to seriously advocate, indicate, and inculcate the idea of using our brains, testing things for ourselves, proving, and then using that knowledge to good effect in our lives. It is indeed an intellectual, spiritual, and practical necessity and possibility as Paul well taught. And we admit, this teaching was first given anciently, and yes, we incorporate it into our own lives. There is nothing here which indicates a propounding of a doctrine of “shut up, sit down, and belief with blind faith.” The generalized atheist attitude against Christians on this score is simply not sustainable from looking at the foundation text of Christian doctrine and practice, the Bible. Unless the atheists are simply just too subjectively biased against the Bible, or else they are simply misreading and misunderstanding what it teaches. Imagine that. An “objective scientific thinking” atheist misreading the Bible! Who woulda thunk it?</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>Endnotes</p>
<ol>
<li><em>Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith</em>, compiled by Joseph Fielding Smith, Deseret Book Co., 22<sup>nd</sup> printing, 1973: 217.</li>
<li>Hugh Nibley, “Zeal Without Knowledge,” in Truman Madsen, editor, <em>Nibley on the Timely and Timeless</em>, BYU Religious Studies Center, 1978: 268.</li>
<li>Daniel C. Arichea, Eugene A. Nida, <em>A Translator’s Handbook on the First Letter From Peter,</em> United Bible Societies, 1980: 33-34. </li>
<li>Swanson, J. (1997). <em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages with Semantic Domains&#0160; : Greek (New Testament)</em> (electronic ed.) (DBLG 350). Oak Harbor: Logos Research Systems, Inc.</li>
<li>Louw, J. P., &amp; Nida, E. A. (1996, c1989). <em>Greek-English lexicon of the New Testament&#0160; : Based on semantic domains</em> (electronic ed. of the 2nd edition.) (1:332). New York: United Bible societies.</li>
<li>M. R. Vincent, <em>Word Studies in the New Testament</em>, MacDonald Publishing, 2<sup>nd</sup> edition, 1888: 303.</li>
<li>Wuest, K. S. (1997, c1984). <em>Wuest&#39;s Word Studies from the Greek New Testament&#0160; : For the English Reader</em> (1 Peter 1:13). Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.</li>
<li>F. J. A. Hort, “The First Epistle of Saint Peter,” in <em>Expository and Exegetical Studies: Compendium of Works Formerly Published Separately</em>, Kloch and Kloch Christian Publishers, Limited Classical Reprint Library, 1980: 65.</li>
<li>Swanson, J. (1997). <em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages with Semantic Domains&#0160; : Greek (New Testament)</em> (electronic ed.) (DBLG 1379, #4). Oak Harbor: Logos Research Systems, Inc. </li>
</ol>
<p>10.&#0160; Hort, <em>Ibid.</em>, p. 65. Cf. Duncan Black MacDonald, <em>The Hebrew Philosophical Genius</em>, Russell &amp; Russell, 1965:12-13.</p>
<p>11.&#0160; Aryeh Kaplan, <em>Sefer Yetzirah: The Book of Creation</em>, Samuel Weiser, Inc., Revized, 1997: 9. See Milton S. Terry, <em>Biblical Hermeneutics: A Treatise on the Interpretation of the Old and New Testaments</em>, Academie Books, n.d., p. 178 where the Greek word for heart – καρδία (kardia) is etymologically related to the English word “core.”</p>
<p>12.&#0160; J. H. A. Hart, “Petroh A,” in <em>The Expositor’s Greek Testament</em>, (Vol. 5), Wm. B. Eerdmans, reprint, 1976: 48.</p>
<p>13.&#0160; Milton S. Terry, <em>Biblical Hermeneutics: A Treatise on the Interpretation of the Old and New Testaments</em>, Academie Books, n.d., p. 333.</p>
<p>14.&#0160; <em>The Greek New Testament</em>, Aland, K., Black, M., Martini, C. M., Metzger, B. M., Robinson, M., &amp; Wikgren, A. (1993; 2006). Fourth Revised Edition (with Morphology) (Php 1:9-11). Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft.</p>
<p>15.&#0160; Jerry L. Sumney, <em>Philippians: A Greek Student’s Intermediate Reader</em>, Hendrickson Publishers, 2007: 14.</p>
<p>16.&#0160; Gerald F. Hawthorne, <em>Word Biblical Commentary Philippians</em>, (Vol. 43), Word Books Publishers, 1983: 25.</p>
<p>17.&#0160; Wesley J. Perschbacher, <em>New Testament Greek Syntax</em>, Moody Press, 1995: 340.</p>
<p>18.&#0160; Perschbacher, <em>New Testament Greek Syntax</em>, p. 339.</p>
<p>19.&#0160; J. B. Lightfoot, <em>St. Paul’s Epistle to the Philippians</em>, Hendrickson Publishers, 2<sup>nd</sup> printing, 1982: 86.</p>
<p>20.&#0160; Sumney, <em>Philippians</em>, p. 14.</p>
<p>21.&#0160; Robertson, A. T. (1919; 2006). <em>A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research</em> (664). Logos.</p>
<p>22.&#0160; Sumney, <em>Philippians</em>, p. 15.</p>
<p>23.&#0160; Swanson, J. (1997). <em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages with Semantic Domains&#0160; : Greek (New Testament)</em> &#0160;(DBLG 1507, #3).</p>
<p>24.&#0160; Sumney, <em>Philippians</em>, p. 15.</p>
<p>25.&#0160; Sumney, <em>Philippians</em>, p. 15.</p>
<p>26.&#0160; W. Robertson Nicoll, <em>The Expositor’s Greek Testament</em>, (Vol. 3), “The Epistle of Paul to the Philippians,” Wm. B. Eerdmans, Reprint, 1979: 421, note on vv.9-11.</p>
<p>27.&#0160; Lightfoot, <em>Philippians</em>, p. 86, note 9.</p>
<p>28.&#0160; Robert Hanna, <em>A Grammatical Aid to the Greek New Testament</em>, Baker Book House, reprint, 1983: 359.</p>
<p>29.&#0160; Zerwick, M., &amp; Grosvenor, M. (1974). <em>A Grammatical Analysis of the Greek New Testament</em> (584). Rome: Biblical Institute Press.</p>
<p>30.&#0160; William J. Larkin, <em>Ephesians: A Handbook on the Greek Text</em>, Baylor University Press, 2009: 63.</p>
<p>31.&#0160; Markus S. Barth, <em>Ephesians 1-3</em>, Anchor Bible, Doubleday and Co., 1974: 372.</p>
<p>32.&#0160; Rt. Rev. Chas. J. Ellicott, <em>Ellicott’s Commentaries, Critical and Grammatical, on the Epistles of Saint Paul with Revised Translations, Philippians, Colossians, Philemon, 1 Timothy, 2 Timothy, Titus</em>, The James Family, Christian Publishers, reprint, 1978: 28.</p>
<p>33.&#0160; Jean-Francois Collange, <em>The Epistle of Saint Paul to the Philippians</em>, translated from the French by A. W. Heathcote, London, Epworth Press, 1979: 49.</p>
<p>34.&#0160; Hawthorne, <em>Word Bible Commentary, Philippians</em>, p. 26-27.</p>]]></content:encoded><description>Διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν : “Gird Up the Loins of Your Mind” - A Refutation of a Popularized Atheist Credo Against Christians Kerry A. Shirts, MM, 32°, CM, RAM, KT Ritualist/Education Officer Eagle Rock Lodge # 19...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/12/%CE%B4%CE%B9%E1%BD%B8-%E1%BC%80%CE%BD%CE%B1%CE%B6%CF%89%CF%83%CE%AC%CE%BC%CE%B5%CE%BD%CE%BF%CE%B9-%CF%84%E1%BD%B0%CF%82-%E1%BD%80%CF%83%CF%86%CF%8D%CE%B1%CF%82-%CF%84%E1%BF%86%CF%82-%CE%B4%CE%B9%CE%B1%CE%BD%CE%BF%CE%AF%CE%B1%CF%82-%E1%BD%91%CE%BC%E1%BF%B6%CE%BD-gird-up-the-loins-of-your-mind-a-.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title></title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/aLkWfonc614/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad-kerry-a-shirts-mm-32-ram-cm-ram-ritualist.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 18 Dec 2010 20:28:46 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad-kerry-a-shirts-mm-32-ram-cm-ram-ritualist.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">My Word I’m “Bad”! No, Really… MY Word Can Make Me “Bad”</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Kerry A. Shirts, MM, 32°, RAM CM, RAM</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Ritualist/Education Officer of Eagle Rock Lodge # 19</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Idaho Falls, Idaho</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">December 18, 2010</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">I owe the entire impetus to this exegetical research paper to a nifty book I own by George H. Guthrie, J. Scott Duvall,&#0160;<em>Biblical Greek Exegesis</em>, Zondervan Publishing, 1998. Their idea and research is simplified in order to teach a student how to use a concordance, lexicon, and Bible dictionaries and commentaries, so their research is not meant to be as in-depth as I am going to go into. Their approach was delightful and I will expand on it. It is a message for all of us, no matter what our stations in life, Freemasons, Jews, Christians, etc. I have especially Freemasons in mind, but the application of this practical and interesting advice from one of the volumes of our Sacred Law, the Bible, is useable and seriously necessary for everyone of any walk in life to “get in your gut,” so to speak.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">It is important to realize that words change meaning through time. Words also can have both a central meaning as well as peripheral meanings.[1] Kenneth Wuest put it quite accurately:
</span></p></div></div>

<p>&#0160;</p>

<span style="font-size: 12pt;"> <a id="more"></a> </span>
<div>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>&#0160;“</em><em>Some English words have changed their meaning in the 300 years since the Authorized Version was translated. Since this version still remains the most widely used translation of the Scriptures, there is need of bringing that particular part of the translation up to date. Then again, a student of the English Bible often interprets a word according to its current usage in ordinary conversation instead of in its more specialized meaning. Again, in the case of synonyms, one English word may be the translation of four Greek words, each having a shade of meaning slightly different from the other. This added light is denied the student of the English Bible. Consequently, while he may not arrive at an erroneous interpretation of the passage where the particular word occurs, yet he does not have as accurate and clear an interpretation of it as he might have. Or again, a Greek word may have a very rich content of meaning which would demand a few sentences if not a paragraph to bring out. But in a translation like the a.v., where the translation is held down to a minimum of words, it is impossible to bring out this richness of meaning. A knowledge of the Greek word is of help here. Then, there are some words dealing with the theology of the n.t., or its doctrines, which are not understood by the English reader, but where a knowledge of the Greek word and its usage is of great help.”</em>[2]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">While reading Gutherie and Duvall’s analysis of a Biblical word, it dawned on me that this would make a nice little piece of research to do in greater depth than they did for a practical way to live our lives. The Greek word they suggested (with some very interesting ideas) was the adjective σαπρός, (<em>sapros</em>) which in its lexical semantic range of meanings essentially boiled down to meaning “bad.” Allow me to elaborate a bit on this.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">The word σαπρός is first found during a discussion of Jesus’ teachings of judging and finding out how to tell the good from the bad in the Gospel of Matthew. Alan Hugh M’Neile noted in his commentary on Matthew that Jesus sought to make his sayings balanced and alternated synonyms such as ἀγαθὸν (<em>agathon</em>&#0160;– “good”) with καλοὺς (<em>kalous</em>&#0160;–“good” or “beautiful”) and σαπρὸν (<em>sapron</em>&#0160;– “bad”) with πονηροὺς (<em>ponerous</em>&#0160;– “evil or bad”), thus his entire phrase is balanced and poignant, hence directly to the point, as Jesus was wont to do in his teachings. His statement reads thus:</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>Matt 7:17</em><em>‬&#0160;</em><em>οὕτως</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>ᾶν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δένδρον</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>ἀγαθὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>οὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καλοὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>οιεῖ</em><em>,&#0160;</em><em>τὸ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δὲ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>σα</em><em>π</em><em>ρὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δένδρον</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>οὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>ονηροὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>οιεῖ</em><em>.</em><em>&#0160;</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>18&#0160;&#0160;</em><em>οὐ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δύναται</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δένδρον</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>ἀγαθὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>οὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>ονηροὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>οιεῖν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>οὐδὲ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δένδρον</em><em></em><em>σα</em><em>π</em><em>ρὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>οὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καλοὺς</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>οιεῖν</em><em>.</em><em></em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>&#0160;</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>“So, every healthy tree bears good fruit, but the diseased tree bears bad fruit.&#0160;</em><strong><em><sup>18</sup></em></strong><em>&#0160;A healthy tree cannot bear bad fruit, nor can a diseased tree bear good fruit.”</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em><sup>&#0160;</sup></em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">“The saying must be balanced by instances in which the Lord saw the possibilities of good in bad people. Here, as in xii. 33 ff., he deals with the principle that evil as such cannot produce good; cf. Job xiv. 4. σαπρός is not ‘rotten,’ for a rotten tree would produce no fruit of any kind, but ‘worthless.’”[3] Gutherie and Duvall noted that the Greek lexicon [the BAGD] establishes that σαπρός has two meanings listed. Something to do with spoiled fish (Matt 13:48), of decayed trees (Matt 7:17-18; 12:33), of rotten fruits (Matt 12:33; Luke 6:43). The other meaning is a figurative meaning of bad, evil, or unwholesome (Ephesians 4:29).[4]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">At Matthew 12 this teaching is even more powerfully presented within the context of some enemies of Jesus accusing him of casting out demons by the Father of demons.[5] The Greek is Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων –<em>Beelzeboul archonti</em>[6]<em>&#0160;ton daimonion</em>&#0160;– “Beelzebub, the prince of the devils.”</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Jesus’ response to this is to show how illogical their thinking was. He used the natural world, as well as the idea that if “Satan cast out Satan, he is divided against himself” - ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη – then his kingdom cannot stand. One cannot be against oneself. After a few more examples Jesus gets to the example of the tree. He proclaims a direct command for his enemies to be logical and coherent at Matthew 12:33:</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>Ἢ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>οιήσατε</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>τὸ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δένδρον</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καλὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καὶ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>τὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>ὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>αὐτοῦ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καλόν</em><em>,&#0160;</em><em>ἢ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>π</em><em>οιήσατε</em><em></em><em>τὸ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>δένδρον</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>σα</em><em>π</em><em>ρὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καὶ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>τὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>ὸν</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>αὐτοῦ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>σα</em><em>π</em><em>ρόν</em><em>·&#0160;</em><em>ἐκ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>γὰρ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>τοῦ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>καρ</em><em>π</em><em>οῦ</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>τὸ</em><em></em><em>δένδρον</em><em>&#0160;</em><em>γινώσκεται</em><em>&#0160;</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>“</em><em>Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad, for the tree is known by its fruit.”</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>&#0160;</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">A good tree will not bring forth bad fruit. “Matthew perhaps saw a link in the thought that the Lord, being a ‘good tree,’ could not produce the ‘bad fruit’ of alliance with Beelzebub.”[7] If Jesus was casting out demons by Satan’s power, his remark on the strong man is appropriate as well. He obviously had defeated the strong man first (Satan), if he was using Satan to cast out Satan’s own army. Or as James E. Talmage put it “Christ had attacked the stronghold of Satan, had driven his evil spirits from the human tabernacles of which they had unwarrantably taken possession; how could Christ have done this had He first not subdued the ‘strong man’ the master of the devils, Satan himself?”[8] A good tree will not produce bad fruit, anymore than a bad tree will produce good fruit. This analogy from the natural world draws upon the Old Testament in interesting ways, as “fruit imagery was applied to the physical labor of an individual (Ps 109:11; 128:2), but most often it applied to moral acts (Proverbs 1:31; 11:30; Isaiah 3:10; 32:16-17; Jeremiah 6:19). It could also be applied to speech (Proverbs 12:14; 13:2; 18:21; Hosea 14:2). It was also used as a theme of judgment in the Vineyard of Israel, such as in Isaiah 5:1-7 and Ezekiel 17:9.[9]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">It is Jesus’ next teaching that I want to focus on however. It is profoundly relevant to us today even 2,000 years after it was spoken to another group of people from another time and place.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><em>“How can ye being evil, speak good things? For out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh. A good man out of the good treasure of the heart bringeth forth good things, and an evil man out of the evil treasure bringeth forth evil things. But I say unto you that every idle word that men shall speak shall they give an account thereof in the day of judgment.”</em>&#0160;(Matthew 12:34-37)</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Words matter! Why? “The nature or heart of a man determines his speech and action. Given the tree, the fruit follows – verse 33. Judge; pronounce; call both tree and fruit good or evil; they must both be of one kind, in fact and in thought.”[10] M. R. Vincent said the Greek ἐκβάλλει (<em>ekballei</em>) – “to bring forth” in Matthew 12:35 is feeble. “The word means&#0160;<em>to throw or fling out</em>. The good or evil things come forth out of the treasure of the heart (34). ‘Out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh.’ The issues of the heart are&#0160;<em>thrown out</em>, as if under pressure of the abundance within.”[11]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">The world renowned Biblical Archaeologist William F. Albright, and his colleague C.S. Mann noted that the Syriac text of the New Testament for the concept of “idle words” used the words “<em>mella battala</em>. In both Aramaic and later Hebrew the words from the stem&#0160;<em>btl</em>&#0160;mean both ‘lazy’ and ‘hurtful.’ Excuses about hasty judgment, speaking on the spur of the moment, cannot be accept when the subject matter is as serious as good and evil. The sayings look back to the accusation that Jesus was involved in an alliance with Satan.”[12]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Jesus equates saying bad words with having a bad heart, analogously to a bad tree which brings forth bad fruit. The Greek σαπρός is seen at Matthew 7:17; Matthew7:18; Matthew 12:33, while at Matthew 13:48 σαπρός is used of bad fish which are thrown away as opposed to good fish which are kept. At Luke 6:43 we read “there is no good tree which produces bad fruit… nor a bad tree which produces good fruit.” σαπρός semantic meaning in all contexts has to do with that which is bad, rotten, decayed; having no value (Mt 7:17, 18; 12:33<sup>(2×<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn1">)</a></sup>; 13:48; Luke 6:43<sup>(2×)</sup><a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn2">+); 2. harmful, unwholesome (</a>ni<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn3">v</a>, nas<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn4">b</a>), corrupt words or speech (kj<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn5">v</a>, nkj<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn6">v</a>, as<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn7">v</a>), evil talk (rs<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn8">v</a>, nrs<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn9">v</a>), foul word or language (nj<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn10">b</a>, na<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn11">b</a>) offensive talk (re<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn12">b</a>), bad language (ne<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn13">b</a>), (Eph 4:29)[13]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">At Ephesians 4:29 σαπρός is translated as “unwholesome” – “let no unwholesome word proceed from your mouth.” In relation to the other instances where it has been translated as “bad” in reference to trees and fishes, Gutherie, Duvall have a timely note – “the strong contrast within the verse (unwholesome words vs. words that edify and give grace) should take precedence over the literal meaning in the metaphors and parables of Jesus – rotten or bad fish, fruit, and trees.”[14] Lets take a closer look at Ephesians 4:29 which turns out to be intriguingly instructive for our purposes here, that of learning to bridle our tongues, along with our passions.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω, ἀλλὰ εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">(KJV)&#0160;<em>“Let no evil talk come corrupt communication proceed out of your mouths, mouth, but only what that which is useful for building up, as there is need, so good to the use of edifying, that your words it may give minister grace to those who hear unto the hearers.”</em></span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Kenneth Wuest notes that “the Greek order is, “every word that is corrupt, out of your mouth let it not proceed.” Expositors says: “<em>pas</em>&#0160;(πας) (every) …<em>mē</em>&#0160;(μη) (no), the well-known Hebraistic form, the negative attaching itself to the verb, means ‘non-utterance’—let that be for every word.” The word “communication” is&#0160;<em>logos</em>&#0160;(λογος), “a word,” here in the sense of “a saying, utterance, speech.” “Corrupt” is&#0160;<em>sapros</em>&#0160;(σαπρος), “rotten, worn out, unfit for use, worthless, bad.” Paul goes on; “Every word that is corrupt, out of your mouth let it not be proceeding, but whatever is good, suitable for the use of edification with respect to the need, and this, in order that it may impart grace to those who are hearing.” “Grace” is&#0160;<em>charis</em>&#0160;(χαρις), the new testament word for God’s grace in salvation. Here it refers to the spiritual blessings and benefits that will accrue to the hearers from the gracious words of the speaker.”[15]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">The Greek ἐκ-πορευέσθω is in the imperative mood -πορεύομαι&#0160;<em>go out</em>,[16] the mood which Gerald Stevens teaches “is timeless, a mood of command.”[17] This is more of a demand upon us, rather than a gentleman’s polite request. And here at Ephesians 4:29, our word σαπρος can mean “rotten or worn out and unfit for use, and then worthless, bad... here it does not seem to mean filthy, but, as the following clause ἀγαθὸς etc., suggests, bad, profitless, of no good to anyone. Some, however, give it the more specific sense = foul, as including scurrilous and unbecoming utterance.”[18] Ellicott reminds us that, of course, “the exact shade of meaning will always be best determined by the context. ”[19] And this context shows us that the Greek adjective πᾶς is the nominative singular for the word “all” or “every. ” πᾶς modifies the nominative noun λόγος which here means a word such as in speech or a statement. The syntactic force of λόγος is that it is the subject of this sentence. And, logically, and obviously we know that λόγος is modified by the nominative adjective σαπρὸς meaning “rotten” or “worthless. ” So this is about every single rotten or worthless word going out of our mouths (στόματος – stomatos).[20]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Markus Barth showed that the ancient Hebrew and perhaps Phoenician expression was “pass your lips, ” and the Homeric expression “escape from the hedge of the teeth. ”[21] Yet this is not the entire meaning in our verse. Paul also indicates that it is necessary and desireable for us to “build up” our fellow humans. The Greek noun in the accusative, οἰκοδομή (<em>oikodomē</em>), means building (Matt 24:1; Mark 13:1, 2; Eph 2:21); 2. construction, build up (1 Corinthians 3:9; Ephesians 4:12; 1 Timothy 1:4 v.r<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn14">.); 3. making more able, a building up, edification, strengthening (Ro</a>mans 14:19; 15:2; 1 Corinthians 3:9; 14:3, 5, 12, 26; 2 Corinthians 5:1; 10:8; 12:19; 13:10; Ephesians 4:16, 29)[22]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">I think the ethical and moral situation described in this little study of a couple Greek words and concepts is profoundly informative for us to practice, not only in our words, but specifically and strongly in our hearts first. Another scripture can parallel this one. “Colossians 3:8 shows that people whose hearts have been changed by Christ should exhibit new behavior, including new habits of speech, especially in relation to one another. When Paul prohibits the three categories of evil speech in Ephesians 5:4 – obscenity, foolish talk, and coarse joking – he may be further defining what he meant by&#0160;<em>unwholesome</em>&#0160;talk in 4:29. But the immediate context of 4:29 – the contrast between speech that builds up and speech that tears down – suggests that here he is referring to speech that damages relationships in the Christian community. This goes beyond obscene speech to destructive speech.”[23] Words can destroy empires, states, cities, and lives. They can also build these up as well. “One of the most overlooked emphases in the Pauline letters is his exhortation concerning the spirituality of ordinary human speech. In Ephesians 4:25 – 5:20 and a parallel passage in Colossians 3:5-17, we find the strongest possible language – both negative and positive – exhorting believers to give heed to their speech.”[24]</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">As Freemasons we all ought to be able to agree with this aspect of one of our Volumes of Sacred Law, and begin practicing and continue implementing these important exhortations in our lives, and in our mouths.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Endnotes</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Eugene A. Nida, Johannes P. Louw,&#0160;<em>Lexical Semantics of the Greek New Testament</em>, Scholars Press, Society of Biblical Literature, 1992: 11.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Wuest, Kenneth S. (1997, c1984).&#0160;<em>Wuest&#39;s Word Studies from the Greek New Testament</em>&#0160; : For the English reader (Studies in the Vocabulary of the Greek New Testament: p.9-10). Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Alan Hugh M’Neile,&#0160;<em>The Gospel According to Matthew: The Greek Text with Introduction, Notes, and Indices</em>, Macmillan &amp; Co., 1957: 95, note 18.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">George H. Gutherie, J. Scott Duvall,&#0160;<em>Biblical Greek Exegesis</em>, Zondervan, 1998: 131.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Rudolf Bultmann showed that Matthew was the Gospel writer who attributed the Pharisees as being Jesus’ enemy on this occasion. Mark never identified who the opposition was, in his&#0160;<em>History of the Synoptic Tradition</em>, Hendrickson Publishing, 1963: 52.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Balz, H. R., &amp; Schneider, G. (1990-c1993).&#0160;<em>Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament</em>&#0160;(1:167-168). Grand Rapids, Mich.: Eerdmans comments on “Archon” are interesting. “In Matt 20:25 ἄρχοντες applies to earthly lordship in general (material, though not verbatim, parallel in Mark 10:42; Luke 22:25), whereas in Romans 13:3 it refers to the ruling authorities in the sense of Hellenistic-Roman administrative language &#0160;and in Acts 16:19—there only in the New Testament—to municipal officials. In Acts 4:26, in a prayer from Ps 2:1f., “the kings of the earth” are exegetically interpreted in a pre-Lukan sense to refer to Herod Antipas and οἱ ἄρχοντες to Pilate (cf. Acts 4:27–30). In the Synoptic Gospels and Acts persons in special positions are usually designated as ἄρχων: e.g., the judge in Luke 12:58, a member of the Sanhedrin in Luke 23:13, the high priest in Acts 23:5. As the ἄρχων of the people (Acts 7:27, 35) Moses attains typological significance in Lukan theology in connection with the Christ-event (cf. Luke 2:38; 24:21; Acts 3:15; 5:31). A comparison of the Synoptics shows that ἀρχισυνάγωγος (president of the synagogue) is used interchangeably with ἄρχων (cf. e.g., Mark 5:22 par. Matt 9:18; Luke 8:41; Mark 5:38 par. Matt 9:23). This may result from the fact that in Diaspora Judaism both offices, though clearly distinguishable, could be held by the same person. More likely, however, is an imprecise knowledge of the more detailed function of the ἄρχων, as is shown also by the Lukan designation as ἄρχοντες (pl<a href="http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad.html#_ftn15">.) of Jewish “rulers,” who are, among other things</a>, only members of the Sanhedrin. Although when an individual ἄρχων is mentioned weight is surely given to the meeting of the person with Jesus (cf. Luke 18:18, where, unlike Mark 10:17/Matt 19:16, the “rich young man” is thus designated), still pl. ἄρχοντες is also used in the Lukan writings to refer to the responsibility of the Jewish leadership as a whole for the death of Jesus (cf. Luke 14:1; 23:13, 35; 24:20; Acts 3:17; 4:5, 8; 13:27. In John 3:1; 7:26, 48; 12:42 ἄρχων / ἄρχοντες denotes individual members or several members of the Sanhedrin who, in contrast to “the Jews” and “the Pharisees,” are open in their attitude toward the message of Jesus.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">M’Neile,&#0160;<em>Ibid</em>., p. 179, note 33-35.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">James E. Talmage,&#0160;<em>Jesus the Christ</em>, Deseret Book, 1948: 268.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 12pt;">G. K. Beale, D. A. Carson, editors,&#0160;<em>Commentary on the New Testament Use of the Old Testament</em>, Baker Academic, 2007: 298.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">10.&#0160; Alexander Balmain Bruce,&#0160;<em>The Expositor’s Greek Testament</em>, (The Synoptic Gospels), Wm. B. Eerdmans, 5 vols., reprint, 1976, Vol 1:190, note 33-35.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">11.&#0160; M. R. Vincent,&#0160;<em>Word Studies in the New Testament</em>, MacDonald Publishing, 2<sup>nd</sup>&#0160;ed., 1888: 47.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">12.&#0160; William F. Albright, C.S. Mann,&#0160;<em>The Anchor Bible, Matthew</em>, Doubleday, 1971: 157.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">13.&#0160; Swanson, J. (1997).&#0160;<em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages with Semantic Domains&#0160; : Greek (New Testament)</em>&#0160;(electronic ed.) (DBLG 4911, #2). Oak Harbor: Logos Research Systems, Inc.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">14.&#0160; Gutherie, Duvall,&#0160;<em>Ibid</em>., p. 133.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">15.&#0160; Wuest, K. S. (1997, c1984).&#0160;<em>Wuest&#39;s word studies from the Greek New Testament&#0160; : For the English reader</em>&#0160;(Eph 4:29). Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">16.&#0160; Zerwick, M., &amp; Grosvenor, M. (1974).&#0160;<em>A Grammatical Analysis of the Greek New Testament</em>&#0160;(587). Rome: Biblical Institute Press.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">17.&#0160; Gerald L. Stevens, New Testament Greek, University Press of America, 1994: 361.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">18.&#0160; W. Robertson Nicoll,&#0160;<em>The Expositor’s Greek Testament</em>, Vol. 3, Wm B. Eerdmans, reprint, 1976: 347, note on verse 29.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">19.&#0160; Charles J. Ellicott,&#0160;<em>Ellicott’s Commentaries Critical and Grammatical on The Epistles of St. Paul With Revised Translations</em>, James Family Publishing, reprint, 1978: “Ephesians,” p. 113.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">20.&#0160; Lukaszewski, A. L. (2006; 2006).&#0160;<em>The Lexham Syntactic Greek New Testament: Expansions and Annotations</em>&#0160;(Eph 4:29). Logos Research Systems, Inc.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">21.&#0160; Markus Barth,&#0160;<em>The Anchor Bible, Ephesians</em>, Doubleday, 1974: Vol. 2: 518.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">22.&#0160; Swanson, J. (1997).&#0160;<em>Dictionary of Biblical Languages with Semantic Domains&#0160; : Greek</em>&#0160;(New Testament) (electronic ed.) (DBLG 3869, #3). Oak Harbor: Logos Research Systems, Inc.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">23.&#0160; Gutherie, Duvall,&#0160;<em>Ibid.</em>, p. 138.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;">24.&#0160; Gutherie, Duvall,&#0160;<em>Ibid</em>., p. 140</span></p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded><description>My Word I’m “Bad”! No, Really… MY Word Can Make Me “Bad” Kerry A. Shirts, MM, 32°, RAM CM, RAM Ritualist/Education Officer of Eagle Rock Lodge # 19 Idaho Falls, Idaho December 18, 2010 I owe the entire impetus to...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/12/my-word-im-bad-no-really-my-word-can-make-me-bad-kerry-a-shirts-mm-32-ram-cm-ram-ritualist.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>The Zietgiest: Film Destroying Christianity?</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/mz1HnONo98U/the-zietgiest-film-destroying-christianity.html</link><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 27 Nov 2010 17:10:13 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/the-zietgiest-film-destroying-christianity.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">My good friend and fellow LDS researcher/scholar Ben McGuire has yet again written a profound response to a very good question which we Christians run across from time to time. McGuire&#39;s response is seriously thoughtful, and powerfully discussed. Well worth the reading! Thanks Ben for allowing me to post this!</span></blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 13pt;"><em>The Question is:</em></span></blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">I recently came across a video presentation courtesy of my ex &#0160;wife&#0160;</span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">called zietgiest (one and two) which talks// shows parallels of &#0160;saviour figures&#0160;</span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">thru mythology and biblical parallels...quite convincing &#0160;figures that predate&#0160; </span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">
</span></p>

<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">christ and the hidden symbology meanings..has &#0160;anyone come across this..quite&#0160;</span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">sophisicated anti christian thing before &#0160;and is there any information that&#0160;</span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">dicusses this on a scholarly level..i &#0160;understand this is meant to destroy faith&#0160;</span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="font-size: 13pt;">and the position of christ as &#0160;the saviour&lt;&lt;</span></blockquote>
<blockquote><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 13pt;"><em>Ben McGuires&#39; Response:</em></span></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">There are several things that go on with this kind of claim. I know one of the&#0160;professors at BYU who teaches statistics. One of the things he introduces to his&#0160;students is the notion that apparently weird stuff happens. His example that he&#0160;likes to use is of the guy who wins a million dollar lottery twice in a seven&#0160;year period. The probability seems tiny. After all, the odds of winning once (in&#0160;this example) is about 1 in 13 million. So the probability of it happening twice&#0160;would seem to be that number squared - or 1 in a half quintillion. That just&#0160;couldn&#39;t happen - so this guy must have cheated right?</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">However, this is all done by identifying things after the fact. It would have&#0160;been that way if we attempted to identify this guy before he played the first&#0160;time. However, given the number of people who play the lottery over that same&#0160;seven year period, the odds of it happening to someone, somewhere is over 90%.&#0160;What seems like a coincidence so unlikely to be unbelievable is actually quite&#0160;reasonable. The same kind of issue happens here. Religions in general share a&#0160;language of the sacred. They often independently relate their messages in&#0160;similar ways. The more you read about this kind of process of comparison, the&#0160;more you realize that what seemed quite convincing at first isn&#39;t really&#0160;convincing at all.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">If you want a basic overview and an understanding of this notion from a&#0160;scholarly perspective, the very best work on the subject (at a reasonable price&#0160;even) is a book by Johnathon Z. Smith titled _Drudgery Divine_ (University of&#0160;Chicago Press: Chicago, 1994). You can get a copy from Amazon delivered for&#0160;about $25.00.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Here are a couple of bits from that book -</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&quot;The most frequent use of the terminology of the ‘unique’ within religious&#0160;studies is in relation to Christianity; the most frequent use of this term&#0160;within Christianity is in relation to the so-called ‘Christ-event’. … The&#0160;uniqueness of the ‘Christ-event’, which usually encodes the death and&#0160;resurrection of Jesus, is a double claim. On the ontological level, it is a&#0160;statement of the absolutely alien nature of the divine protagonist (monogenes)&#0160;and the unprecedented (and paradoxical) character of his self-disclosure; on the&#0160;historical level, it is an assertion of the radical incomparability of the&#0160;Christian ‘proclamation’ with respect to the ‘environment’. For many scholars of&#0160;early Christianity, the latter claim is often combined with the former so as to&#0160;transfer the (proper, though problematic) theological affirmation of absolute&#0160;uniqueness to an historical statement that, standing alone, could never assert&#0160;more than relative uniqueness, that is to say, a quite ordinary postulation of&#0160;difference. It is this illicit transfer from ontological to the historical that&#0160;raises the question of the comparison of early Christianity and the religions of&#0160;Late Antiquity.&quot; (p. 39)</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Smith explains here that the notion of uniqueness in the context of early&#0160;Christianity deals with two separate and distinct concerns. On the one hand,&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">there is the claim within Christianity of a Jesus that is absolutely&#0160;incomparable (the ontological and theological claim). This is Jesus as God. On&#0160;the other hand there is a statement of an environmental uniqueness – that the&#0160;historical process was different (relatively speaking) from any other historical&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">process. The problem occurs as Smith notes when we suggest that&#0160;ontological/theological claims are identical with the historical claims – and&#0160;thus suggest that all we needs to be done to deny the ontological and&#0160;theological claims is to place them in an environment by stressing similarities&#0160;(and not differences) within that environment. This is what these comparisons&#0160;try to do. Christian (and Mormon) apologists develop this concept of&#0160;‘uniqueness’ in response to charges that it was not in any way unique (even if&#0160;there was and is some validity in the ontological arguments).&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Smith&#39;s book then goes on to discuss this issue within the context of various&#0160;religious movements and their opponents. These kinds of parallels are often&#0160;effective (as you note) as a means to destroy faith because individuals often&#0160;share misconceptions with those who forward these kinds of arguments. Larry&#0160;Hurtado discusses this issue in some detail in his book _Lord Jesus Christ&#0160;Devotion to Jesus in Earliest Christianity_ (Eerdmans: Grand Rapids, 2003).&#0160;There he introduces two major lines of &#0160;thought dealing with the development of&#0160;the idea that Jesus was divine. The one group claims that there is nothing&#0160;extraordinary about such a belief – it is easy to understand Jesus as divine&#0160;simply because he was divine. The other group he describes “arose in large part&#0160;in reaction against this naïve and ahsitorical view”. For these, the notion of&#0160;Jesus as divine wasn’t particularly noteworthy either. After all, when viewed as&#0160;a historical process, early Christian devotion could be seen as a natural&#0160;expansion on ‘pagan’ views. But of these two positions, Hurtado notes:</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&quot;Before we proceed further towards analyzing Christ-devotion as a historical&#0160;phenomenon, however, it may be helpful to note a relevant (and in my view&#0160;misguided) assumption shared by both the pre/anticritical and the&#0160;history-of-religion approaches. It is worth identifying because it continues to&#0160;be influential in both popular and scholarly circles. This is the notion that&#0160;the validity of a religious belief or practice is called into question if it can&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">be shown to be a truly historical phenomenon, and the product of historical&#0160;factors and forces that we can attempt to identify and analyze. … Wishing to&#0160;preserve the religious and theological validity of traditional christological&#0160;claims, the anticritical view attempted to deny or minimize as far as possible&#0160;the historically conditioned nature of early Christ-devotion. On the other hand,&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">the history-of-religion scholars were convinced that their demonstration of the&#0160;historically conditioned nature of early Christ-devotion proved that it was no&#0160;longer to be treated as theologically valid or binding for modern Christians. In&#0160;both views the assumption is the same: if something can be shown to have arisen&#0160;through a historical process, then it cannot be divine &quot;revelation&quot; or have&#0160;continuing theological validity.&quot;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Hurtado sees the problem in terms of two sides competing with a similar but&#0160;flawed set of assumptions. The assumption that Hurtado sees at work is that if&#0160;something can be shown to arise through a historical process, then it cannot be&#0160;revealed. This is largely the same argument that Jonathon Smith provided. The&#0160;one side attempts to show that because of the historical process, the subject&#0160;matter cannot be revealed. The other side denies the historical process and&#0160;simply claims revelation. Hurtado is quite clear about this: “the misguided&#0160;assumption I am criticizing here has obviously worked mischief in scholarship.&#0160;... it has led a good deal of historical-critical scholarship to opt for some&#0160;simplistic historical analyses in the interest of opposing traditional Christian&#0160;beliefs.”</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">The notion is applicable to your question – because the same principle is at&#0160;work. The basic idea is that through the comparison, those things that we felt&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">were &quot;original&quot; or &quot;unique&quot; are shown to be perhaps quite ordinary. And the&#0160;underlying notion is that not only is it quite possible for such a belief to&#0160;have developed without a need for revelation or some kind of origin in God, but&#0160;that it seems almost that we should have expected just such a development.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">In the 18th century, this approach was widely employed by various groups&#0160;generally in a polemical fashion to attack other religious groups. And in fact&#0160;some of this literature had an influence on the early LDS Church and its leaders&#0160;(for example, the idea of a &quot;primitive church&quot; as expressed in our Articles of&#0160;Faith comes largely from this kind of literature). By the end of the 19th&#0160;century, this kind of comparative effort had come under attack, and in the early&#0160;20th century (and certainly by 1930), this kind of approach had largely been&#0160;abandoned within scholarly literature.&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">As an example, William E. Paden in the introductory material to his book:&#0160;_Religious Worlds: The Comparative Study of Religion_ wrote (quoting the 1994&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">edition):</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&quot;Comparison has also been used as a polemical weapon by religions themselves to&#0160;show the inferiority of other traditions and the superiority of one&#39;s own. It&#0160;has been used to show that all religions are really the same. It has been used&#0160;to show that all religions are false. Many people sense that the absoluteness of&#0160;their own beliefs is threatened by the existence of parallels elsewhere. To&#0160;there is a kind of politics of comparison.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">In some ways comparison is simply unavoidable. We all employ comparison every&#0160;day, and thinking itself is in large measure based on it. It is built into&#0160;language and perception. What a thing &quot;is&quot; is determined by its similarity and&#0160;diference with other things like or unlike it. Science would be impossible&#0160;without it, and without it the realm of metaphor would vanish. The analogical&#0160;process is part of the way every cultural system classifies its world.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Comparison can create error and distortion as well as insight and knowledge, and&#0160;this is noticeably so in the area of relgion. Religious phenomena have been&#0160;compared for centuries, but not necessairly in the pursuit of fair description&#0160;or accurate understaning. Comparison is most often a function of self-interest.&#0160;It gets used to illustrate one&#39;s own ideology. It easily becomes an instrument&#0160;of judgment, a device for approval of condemnation.&quot;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Paden goes on to provide several guidelines for these kinds of comparisons that&#0160;help to limit the abuse and enhance their use for understanding - I have&#0160;summarized three of them here:</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">1 - Historical facts are necessary to keep comparisons honest - to challenge in&#0160;particular generalizations that comparisons like to use (things are always more&#0160;similar when we make generalizations about them as opposed to getting specific&#0160;details).</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">2 - comparative analysis deals with analogy, not identity. It compares things&#0160;that have similarities that are otherwise quite different. Looking at distintive&#0160;and original features is just as important as looking at the similarities.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">3 - Comparison is not an end in itself - it merely supplies a comparative&#0160;perspective, which should add to our understanding of all of the elements being&#0160;compared.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">In the end, I think that Mormonism as a whole reacts to different aspects of&#0160;this in different ways. On the one hand, we believe in ongoing revelation. There&#0160;is no fixed canon. We do not believe that we already know everything that we&#0160;need to know, or that all the necessary knowledge about God is already encoded&#0160;in our scripture. In fact, we accept the idea that new revelation when it occurs&#0160;(and when it becomes necessary) can correct or reinterpret or even replace what&#0160;we previously held as revelation. We see in our own faith the idea that a&#0160;religion can both be revealed and grow out of an environment that has influenced&#0160;its past teachings and leaders. The other thing that we can see is that while it&#0160;is also possible to compare Mormonism to other religious movements, and to talk&#0160;about Mormonism on these same terms, we find that there are things within it&#0160;that are quite distinctive and perhaps even original. When we look at the Christ&#0160;event - when we look at Jesus Christ and his life and teachings - it isn&#39;t so&#0160;much the things that we find everywhere that are useful to help us understand&#0160;our faith - it is the things that are very distinctive. To use the language that&#0160;Johanthon Smith used in the first book I quoted from, when we place Christianity&#0160;within a historical context, we may find things that are not unique, that are&#0160;shared with other events and movements and religious narratives. But, within its&#0160;ontological and theological context, Christianity presents us with something&#0160;that is not ordinary, and that is not commonplace, and any simplistic analysis&#0160;will simply avoid this part of the discussion, pretending (as Smith tells us)&#0160;that these two issues are merely one and the same.</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">The more you read of current approaches to parallels and the scholarly&#0160;literature discussing comparative religion, the less and less convincing these&#0160;kinds of parallels will seem. The appear convincing mostly because we haven&#39;t&#0160;ever taken the time to consider their impact.&#0160;</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p>&#0160;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">For a very detailed scholarly look at the topic (and you will probably want to&#0160;find a library with this book, as it costs a significant amount) I recommend&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;_Comparing Religions Possibilities and Perils?_ by Thomas Athanasius Idinopulos,&#0160;Brian C. Wilson, and James Constantine Hanges, eds. (Brill: Leiden, 2006)</span></p>
<p>&#0160;</p>]]></content:encoded><description>My good friend and fellow LDS researcher/scholar Ben McGuire has yet again written a profound response to a very good question which we Christians run across from time to time. McGuire's response is seriously thoughtful, and powerfully discussed. Well worth...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/the-zietgiest-film-destroying-christianity.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>Ideas on the Gates of Hell</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/3_azPqlpL5M/ideas-on-the-gates-of-hell.html</link><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 27 Nov 2010 08:23:09 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/ideas-on-the-gates-of-hell.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<h1><span style="font-size: 13pt;">The Gates of Hell</span></h1>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">In Baptism for the Dead in Ancient Times</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Hugh W. Nibley</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Reprinted by permission from&#0160;<em>Mormonism and Early Christianity</em>, vol. 4 of The Collected Works of Hugh Nibley (Salt Lake City: Deseret Book and F.A.R.M.S., 1987), 100–67. It also appeared in the Improvement Era 51 (December 1948): 786–88, 836–38; 52 (January 1949): 90–91, 109–10, 112; 52 (March 1949): 146–48,180; 52 (April 1949):212–14.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Pages 105-109</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">To the Jews &quot;the gates of hell&quot; meant something very specific. Both Jews and Christians thought of the world of the dead as a prison—<em>carcer</em>,&#0160;<em>phylake</em>,&#0160;<em>phroura</em>—in which the dead were detained but not necessarily
</span></p>
made to suffer any other discomfort.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn1"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[1]</span></a>&#0160;In the Jewish tradition the righteous dead are described as sitting impatiently in their place of detention awaiting their final release and reunion with their resurrected bodies and asking, &quot;How much longer must we stay here?&quot;<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn2"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[2]</span></a>&#0160;&#0160;The Christians talked of &quot;the prison of death&quot; to which baptism held the key of release<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn3"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[3]</span></a>—a significant thought, as we shall see.
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">It is the proper function of a gate to shut creatures in or out of a place;<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn4"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[4]</span></a>&#0160;when a gate &quot;prevails,&quot; it succeeds in this purpose; when it does not &quot;prevail,&quot; someone succeeds in getting past it. But prevail is a rather free English rendering of the far more specific Greek&#0160;<em>katischyo</em>, meaning to overpower in the sense of holding back, holding down, detaining, suppressing, etc. Moreover, the thing which is held back, is not the church,<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn5"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[5]</span></a>for the object is not in the accusative but in the partitive genitive: it is &quot;hers,&quot; part of her, that which belongs to her, that the gates will not be able to contain. Since all have fallen, all are confined in death which it is the Savior&#39;s mission to overcome; their release is to be accomplished through the work of the church, to which the Lord promises that at some future time he will give the apostles the keys. In one of the very earliest Christian poems Christ is described as going to the underworld to preach to the dead, &quot;And the dead say to him, …&#39;Open the gate to us!&#39;&quot; whereupon the Lord, &quot;heeding their faith,&quot; gives them the seal of baptism.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn6"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[6]</span></a>Baptism for the dead, then, was the key to the gates of hell which no church claimed to possess until the nineteenth century, the gates remaining inexorably closed against those very dead of whose salvation the early Christians had been so morally certain. In passing it should be noted that this poem in its conclusion definitely associated the release of the dead with the &quot;rock.&quot;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Thus thy Rock became the foundation of all; upon it didst thou build thy kingdom, that it might become a dwelling place for the saints.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn7"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[7]</span></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">The same idea is even more obviously expressed by Ignatius in what is perhaps the earliest extant mention of the rock after New Testament times, making it equivalent to the high priest…to whom alone the secrets of God have been confided… This is the Way which leads to the Father, the Rock…the Key…the Gate of Knowledge, through which have entered Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, Moses and all the host of prophets.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn8"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[8]</span></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">From which it is clear that Matthew 16:17–19, with its combination of gates, keys, and rock, definitely hinges on the subject of salvation for the dead, and the work by which they are admitted to the presence of the Father.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Those who fondly suppose that &quot;the gates of hell shall not prevail&quot; is a guarantee of the security of the church on this earth<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn9"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[9]</span></a>&#0160;are inventing a doctrine diametrically opposed to the belief of the early church. If there was one point on which the primitive saints and their Jewish contemporaries saw eye to eye, it was the belief that Satan is &quot;the prince of this world,&quot;<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn10"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[10]</span></a>&#0160;nay, &quot;the god of this world.&quot;<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn11"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[11]</span></a>&#0160;It is here that men are under his power, and here that he overcomes the kingdom of God by violence.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn12"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[12]</span></a>&#0160;&quot;The days are evil,&quot; says the Epistle of Barnabas, &quot;and Satan possesses the power of this world.&quot;<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn13"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[13]</span></a>&#0160;Beyond this earth his power does not extend: Jehovah alone rules in the spirit world, according to the Jewish doctrine, and his angels stand guard over the wicked ones.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn14"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[14]</span></a>&#0160;It is on this earth that the devil is to be conquered and his power finally broken—he has no other stronghold to which to flee.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn15"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[15]</span></a>&#0160;When he goes to hell, it will not be in triumph, but to be bound and imprisoned there.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn16"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[16]</span></a>&#0160;His bonds are the &quot;snares and deceptions&quot; that &quot;bind the flesh of men with lust,&quot; and which will be meaningless after the judgment, when none may enjoy the prerogative of being deceived.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn17"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[17]</span></a>&#0160;When the devil rules hereafter it will be only over those &quot;sons of perdition&quot; who willingly follow his example.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">The medieval idea that the devil is the proper ruler of the dead is a borrowing from obvious pagan sources, popular and literary.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn18"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[18]</span></a>&#0160;In the earliest versions of what eventually became the medieval Easter drama, the Harrowing of Hell, Satan and Death appear as rulers of different spheres: in the dialogue between them Death begs Satan to retain Christ in his realm, which is the earth, so that he might not descend and cause havoc in the underworld.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn19"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[19]</span></a>&#0160;This idea appears in the very old pseudo-gospel of Nicodemus, wherein Satan, boasting that he has overcome Christ on earth, asks Death to make sure that the Lord&#39;s mission is likewise frustrated in his kingdom below.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn20"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[20]</span></a>&#0160;No less a scholar than Harnack after prolonged searching declares that he knows of no passage in which &quot;the Gates of Hell&quot; signifies the realm of Satan, or is used to refer to the devil himself or to his hosts.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn21"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[21]</span></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&quot;The gates of hell,&quot; then, does not refer to the devil at all; though his snares and wiles might lead men sooner or later to their death, delivering them &quot;to the destruction of the flesh,&quot;<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn22"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[22]</span></a>&#0160;his power ends there. The gates of hell are the gates of hell—the &quot;holding back&quot; of those who are in the spirit world from attaining the object of their desire.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">There is a great wealth of oriental legend and liturgy recalling how a divine hero overcame Death in a knock down and drag-out contest-the central episode of the famous Year-drama.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn23"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[23]</span></a>&#0160;Sometimes the hero smashes the door of the underworld as part of his campaign. Contamination from these sources was sure to occur in the Christian interpretation of Christ&#39;s mission to the &quot;underworld,&quot; but as Schmidt has shown at length, the early Christians never connect the two traditions: there is no fight when Christ goes to open the way for the release of the dead; he meets absolutely no opposition, and does not have to smash the gates, since he has the key.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn24"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[24]</span></a>&#0160;How incompatible the two versions are is apparent in those early accounts which, characteristically, attempt to combine them. Thus when Prudentius, the first great Christian poet, tells of Christ&#39;s visit to the underworld, he includes the gate-smashing episode, derived not from any Christian source, however, but borrowed from the tragedy Hercules Furens of the pagan Seneca.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn25"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[25]</span></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Thus in the Odes of Solomon:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">And I opened the doors that were closed; I rent asunder the iron bolts…and nothing appeared closed to me, since I myself was the gate of everything; and I went to all my imprisoned ones to free them, so that I left none in bonds; and I imparted my knowledge without stint…sowing my seed in their hearts and turning them to me.<a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftn26"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[26]</span></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Christ would hardly smash the gate if he himself were the gate.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;">&#0160;</span></p>
<div><br /><span style="font-size: 13pt;"> 
<hr size="1" />
</span>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref1"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[1]</span></a>&#0160;1 Peter 3,19; Tertullian, De Anima (On the Soul) VII, 35, 55, in PL 2:697–98, 753–54, 787–90; The Wisdom of Solomon 17:15; Book of Enoch (1 Enoch) 10:13; 69:28; Jerome, Commentarius in Osee (Commentary on Hosea) 1, 13, in PL 25:938: &quot;a lower place in which the spirits are confined, either in rest or punishment, according to their deserts.&quot;</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref2"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[2]</span></a>&#0160;4 Esdras 4:35–36; 7:75–99; cf. Josephus, Jewish Antiquities XVIII, 1, 3.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref3"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[3]</span></a>&#0160;Tertullian, On the Soul 55, in PL 2:790: &quot;From the prison of death, thy blood is the key of admission to all paradise.&quot; He is speaking of the blood of the martyrs, with which they are baptized. It has been common at all periods of the church to speak of baptism as &quot;the gate.&quot;</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref4"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[4]</span></a>&#0160;Isaiah 45:1.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref5"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[5]</span></a>&#0160;Matthew 16:18.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref6"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[6]</span></a>&#0160;Odes of Solomon 42:15–20.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref7"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[7]</span></a>&#0160;Odes of Solomon 22:12, quoted at length in Carl Schmidt,&#0160;<em>Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern nach der Auferstehung: Ein katholisch-apostolisches Sendschreiben des 2. Jarhhunderts</em>&#0160;(Leipzig: Hinrich, 1908), 565–66.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref8"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[8]</span></a>&#0160;Ignatius, Epistle to the Philadelphians 9, in PG 5:836; the same combination as in Hermae Pastor (Shepherd of Hermas), Similitudo, (Similitude) 9, 12, and 16, in PG 2:992, 996; cf. Clement of Alexandria, Stromata VI, 6, 46, in PG 9:269.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref9"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[9]</span></a>&#0160;Thus Migne, Scripturae Sacrae Cursus Completus 21:814: &quot;There is no doubt that &#39;the gates of hell&#39; refers to all the power of the devil.&quot; He then proceeds to cite in support of this only the following: Psalm 147:13; Genesis 22:17; 24:60; Judges 5:8; 1 Kings 8:37; and Psalm 107:16, none of which refers to &quot;all the powers of the devil,&quot; but every one of which refers to the real gates and the functions of gates.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref10"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[10]</span></a>&#0160;Matthew 12:26–29; Luke 10:18; 11:18; 13:16; 22:31; Mark 3:23–27; John 12:34; 14:30; 16:11; 1 John 2:13; John 14:4–6; 5:19; Ignatius, Epistola ad Ephesios (Epistle to the Ephesians), chs. 9, 17, 19, in PG 5:656, 657, 660, 745, 752–53.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref11"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[11]</span></a>&#0160;2 Corinthians 4:4.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref12"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[12]</span></a>&#0160;John 12:31; 16:11.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref13"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[13]</span></a>&#0160;Barnabas, Epistola Catholica (Catholic Epistle) 2, in PG 2:729–30.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref14"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[14]</span></a>&#0160;1 Enoch 20:2. This subject is fully treated by Schmidt,&#0160;<em>Gespräche Jesu</em>, 547–48, 507, cf. 285–87.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref15"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[15]</span></a>&#0160;John 12:31; 16:11; Schmidt,&#0160;<em>Gespräche Jesu</em>, 549–50, 556, 573, 462, 571; Gall, Basileia tou Theou, 290–301, treats the subject at length.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref16"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[16]</span></a>&#0160;Matthew 25:41; Schmidt,&#0160;<em>Gespräche Jesu</em>, 548, 550, 576.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref17"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[17]</span></a>&#0160;Romans 2:16; Psalm 44:21; Jeremiah 23:24; 49:10; Ezekiel 28:2, etc.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref18"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[18]</span></a>&#0160;The literary motif is frankly pagan, as in Dante. In folklore it is no less of popular pagan origin, cf. Stith Thompson,&#0160;<em>Motif-Index of Folk-Literature</em>&#0160;(Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Press, 1934) G 303.25.19. Cf. Gall, Basileia tou Theou, 290–301.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref19"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[19]</span></a>&#0160;Schmidt,&#0160;<em>Gespräche Jesu</em>, 572 cites a text of this in use in the Syrian Church as early as A.D. 340.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref20"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[20]</span></a>&#0160;Gospel of Nicodemus 15; virtually the same dialogue is found in Ephraim and in a Descensus of the 2nd or 3rd century, K. von Tischendorf, Evangelia (Leipzig, 1876; reprinted Hildesheim: Olms, 1966), 394–97.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref21"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[21]</span></a>&#0160;Harnack, &quot;Der Spruch über Petrus als den Felsen der Kirche,&quot; 638–39.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref22"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[22]</span></a>&#0160;1 Corinthians 5:5; Luke 13:16.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref23"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[23]</span></a>&#0160;For the best general treatment of this much-handled subject, see Samuel H. Hooke, ed., The Labyrinth (London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, 1935).</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref24"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[24]</span></a>&#0160;Ignatius, Epistle to the Philadelphians 9, in PG 5:836; the &quot;keys of the kingdom of the heavens&quot; of Matthew 16:19 would be useless unless &quot;the gates of hell&quot; of the preceding verse were opened to give up their dead. Indeed, the first words of verse 19 show a wide variety of readings in the manuscripts, with a strong indication that Christ said, &quot;I shall also give you the keys to the kingdom of the heavens.&quot;</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref25"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[25]</span></a>&#0160;The references to Prudentius and Seneca are given by F. J. E. Raby,&#0160;<em>A History of Christian-Latin Poetry</em>&#0160;(Oxford: Clarendon, 1937), 70.</span></p>
</div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><a href="http://us.mg2.mail.yahoo.com/dc/blank.html?bn=374.4&amp;.intl=us&amp;.lang=en-US#_ftnref26"><span style="color: #0066cc;">[26]</span></a>&#0160;Odes of Solomon 17:8–15.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p>&#0160;</p>]]></content:encoded><description>The Gates of Hell In Baptism for the Dead in Ancient Times Hugh W. Nibley Reprinted by permission from Mormonism and Early Christianity, vol. 4 of The Collected Works of Hugh Nibley (Salt Lake City: Deseret Book and F.A.R.M.S., 1987),...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/ideas-on-the-gates-of-hell.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>What Does ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν Mean Anyway?</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/vsK7SbkBn48/what-does-%E1%BD%81-%CE%BB%CF%8C%CE%B3%CE%BF%CF%82-%E1%BC%A6%CE%BD-%CF%80%CF%81%E1%BD%B8%CF%82-%CF%84%E1%BD%B8%CE%BD-%CE%B8%CE%B5%CF%8C%CE%BD-mean-anyway.html</link><category>Biblical Exegesis</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 26 Nov 2010 14:43:11 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/what-does-%E1%BD%81-%CE%BB%CF%8C%CE%B3%CE%BF%CF%82-%E1%BC%A6%CE%BD-%CF%80%CF%81%E1%BD%B8%CF%82-%CF%84%E1%BD%B8%CE%BD-%CE%B8%CE%B5%CF%8C%CE%BD-mean-anyway.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>What Does ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν Mean Anyway?<br /><br />Kerry A. Shirts MM, 32, RAM CM, KT<br />Nov 25, 2010<br />Eagle Rock Lodge #19<br />Idaho Falls, Idaho<br /><br />UPDATED already! In just 2 hours, I thought of something else that ties in well with this Logos theme from the Old Testament... I include the update at the end of the article. I suspect there is an enormous amount of parallels, themes, and commonalities everywhere if one looks. I will do so as I can.<br />In reading through several of my Greek lexicons for pure pleasure, I am finding an absolute wealth of information that I shall share as I can. For now here is something on the Logos of John 1:1 and the idea of the Greek word πρὸς (pros) meaning in general &quot;with&quot; someone or something.<br /><br />1. The Meaning. It is the same as προτί (proti) and ποτί (poti). The root-idea is ‘near,’ ‘near by,’ according to Delbrück, though Brugmann inclines to the meaning ‘towards.’ In Homer πρός has an
</p>
adverbial use, πρὸς δέ, with the notion of ‘besides.’ ‘Near,’ rather than ‘towards,’ seems to explain the resultant meanings more satisfactorily. The idea seems to be ‘facing,’ German gegen. Cf. πρόσωπον (prosōpon). This Greek word is fascinating. Consider the lexical evidence!<br />πρόσωπον (prosōpon), ου (ou), τό (to): n.neu.; ≡ DBLHebr 7156; Strong&#39;s 4383 - Face, of a human head (Matt 17:2); 2. Person, individual; figurative extension of first entry (2 Corinthians 1:11); 3. Surface, of an object normally perceived as two dimensional (Luke 21:35); 4. Appearance, the form or characteristics of something seen (Matt 16:3; James 1:11); 5. Presence, being in a particular place (Acts 2:28); 6. often in a prepositional phrase) in front of, before, in proximity to; sometimes showing relationship (Acts 3:13; 1 Corinthians 13:12)<br /><br />In ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν (John 1:1 - ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν - ho logos en pros ton Theon - &quot;and the Word was with God&quot;) the literal idea comes out well, ‘face to face with God.’<br /><br />Abbott properly illustrates John 1:1, ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν with this passage in Mark. and with 2 Cor. 5:8, ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον - endemesai pros ton kurion - &quot;to be present with the Lord&quot;. It is the face-to-face converse with the Lord that Paul has in mind. So John thus conceives the fellowship between the Logos and God. Cf. στόμα πρὸς στόμα - stoma pros stoma - &quot;speak face to face&quot; - in 2 John 12, 3 John 14 and πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον - prosopon pros prosopon - &quot;face to face&quot; in 1 Cor. 13:12. But, while this use of πρός with words of rest is in perfect harmony with the root-idea of the preposition itself, it does not occur in the older Greek writers nor in the LXX. Jannaris is only able to find it in Malalas. Certainly the more common Greek idiom would have been παρά, while μετά and σύν might have been employed. Abbott, however, rightly calls attention to the frequent use of πρός with verbs of speaking like λέγω, λαλέω, etc., and Demosthenes has it with ζάω (zao - to live, or live again). So then it is a natural step to find πρός employed for living relationship, intimate converse.&#0160;<br />John writes that the Word was with God (John 1:1 acc.). Harris suggests that the πρός in John 1:1 refers to active communion rather than passive association. Other examples include Matthew 13:56, where Jesus’ sisters were among the people, and Acts 3:25, where God made a covenant with their ancestors.<br /><br />From Vine&#39;s Expository Dict. of OT and NT Words, I found this idea on the Shewbread:<br /><br />SHEWBREAD&#0160;<br />Note: The phrase rendered “the shewbread” is formed by the combination of the nouns prothesis, “a setting forth” (pro, “before,” tithemi, “to place”) and artos, “a loaf” (in the plural), each with the article, Matt. 12:4; Mark 2:26 and Luke 6:4, lit., “the loaves of the setting forth”; in Heb. 9:2, lit., “the setting forth of the loaves.”¶ The corresponding OT phrases are lit., “bread of the face,” Exod. 25:30, i.e., the presence, referring to the Presence of God (cf. Isa. 63:9 with Exod. 33:14, 15); “the bread of ordering,” 1 Chron. 9:32, marg. In Num. 4:7 it is called “the continual bread”; in 1 Sam. 21:4, 6, “holy bread” (kjv, “hallowed”). In the Sept. of 1 Kings 7:48, it is called “the bread of the offering” (prosphora, “a bearing towards”). The twelve loaves, representing the tribes of Israel, were set in order every Sabbath day before the Lord, “on the behalf of the children,” Lev. 24:8, rv (marg., and kjv, “from”), “an everlasting covenant.” The loaves symbolized the fact that on the basis of the sacrificial atonement of the Cross, believers are accepted before God, and nourished by Him in the person of Christ. The showbread was partaken of by the priests, as representatives of the nation. Priesthood now being coextensive with all who belong to Christ, 1 Pet. 2:5, 9, He, the Living Bread, is the nourishment of all, and where He is, there, representatively, they are.&#0160;<br />לֶחֶם leḥem: A masculine noun meaning bread, food. It refers in a general sense to anything God has approved of for nourishment for humans or animals (Gen. 3:19; 25:34; Ps. 147:9). It often indicates grain which was used for preparing bread (Isa. 28:28). The manna was bread from the Lord, heavenly bread (Ex. 16:4, 8, 12, 15; Neh. 9:15; Ps. 105:40). Bread was set on the table of showbread in the Tabernacle and termed the “bread of the presence” (Ex. 25:30). Some bread was used as a wave offering to the Lord (Lev. 23:17). Baked from the produce of the early harvest, this word indicates the “bread of the first fruits” (2 Kgs. 4:42). It was used in figurative language to indicate the bread of affliction or adversity (Deut. 16:3; Isa. 30:20) or the bread of tears (Ps. 80:5[6]).]]></content:encoded><description>What Does ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν Mean Anyway? Kerry A. Shirts MM, 32, RAM CM, KT Nov 25, 2010 Eagle Rock Lodge #19 Idaho Falls, Idaho UPDATED already! In just 2 hours, I thought of something else that...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/what-does-%E1%BD%81-%CE%BB%CF%8C%CE%B3%CE%BF%CF%82-%E1%BC%A6%CE%BD-%CF%80%CF%81%E1%BD%B8%CF%82-%CF%84%E1%BD%B8%CE%BD-%CE%B8%CE%B5%CF%8C%CE%BD-mean-anyway.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>"Blessed are the Peacemakers" - Greek Lexical, Exegetical Analysis of Jesus' Statement</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/oIq7DrNCzss/blessed-are-the-peacemakers-greek-lexical-exegetical-analysis-of-jesus-statement.html</link><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sun, 14 Nov 2010 09:32:26 PST</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/blessed-are-the-peacemakers-greek-lexical-exegetical-analysis-of-jesus-statement.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>
<div><span style="font-size: 13pt;">I emphasize the research is for Freemasons, because so many of them don&#39;t have access to this kind of information, but in reality it is for everyone. Here is a new paper I have compiled concerning the Greek lexical and exegetic analysis of Jesus&#39; statement in the Sermon on the Mount, &quot;Blessed are the Peacemakers.&quot;</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><br /></span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 13pt;">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_masonic_scholar/2010/11/biblical-exegesis-for-freemasons-blessed-are-the-peacemakers.html#more</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 13pt;"><br /></span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Best,</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 13pt;">Kerry</span></div>
</p>]]></content:encoded><description>I emphasize the research is for Freemasons, because so many of them don't have access to this kind of information, but in reality it is for everyone. Here is a new paper I have compiled concerning the Greek lexical and...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/11/blessed-are-the-peacemakers-greek-lexical-exegetical-analysis-of-jesus-statement.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>New Videos on Freemasonry &amp; Mormonism Problems of Matt Brown's Book</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/XQ1kr0c6mMk/new-videos-on-freemasonry-mormonism-problems-of-matt-browns-book.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2010 20:53:38 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/07/new-videos-on-freemasonry-mormonism-problems-of-matt-browns-book.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p>I have a 5 part series on the subject. I tried to number them, but just Titled the first video in this series. Many more to come. ENJOY!</p><p>http://www.youtube.com/user/TheBackyardProfessor?feature=mhw4#p/u/4/jja1xx3s54A</p>]]></content:encoded><description>I have a 5 part series on the subject. I tried to number them, but just Titled the first video in this series. Many more to come. ENJOY! http://www.youtube.com/user/TheBackyardProfessor?feature=mhw4#p/u/4/jja1xx3s54A</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/07/new-videos-on-freemasonry-mormonism-problems-of-matt-browns-book.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>NEW Backyard Freemason Video Series</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/EfK3o_zThfw/new-backyard-freemason-video-series.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 28 May 2010 23:17:13 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/new-backyard-freemason-video-series.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<span style="font-family: Times; font-size: medium; line-height: normal; "><p style="font-family: Arial, Verdana, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; ">http://www.youtube.com/user/Thebackyardfreemason<br /><br />Here is my introduction to the videos on Freemasonry I will produce over the next several years. I hope they are beneficial, enjoyable, funny, and &#0160;informative.<br />&#0160;</p></span>]]></content:encoded><description>http://www.youtube.com/user/Thebackyardfreemason Here is my introduction to the videos on Freemasonry I will produce over the next several years. I hope they are beneficial, enjoyable, funny, and informative.</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/new-backyard-freemason-video-series.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>TRY THIS! I DARE You, Just TRY IT!</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/gLFlMsVEO5Y/try-this-i-dare-you-just-try-it.html</link><category>Current Affairs</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2010 16:33:35 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/try-this-i-dare-you-just-try-it.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<span style="font-family: &#39;lucida grande&#39;, tahoma, verdana, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 13px; line-height: normal; color: #333333; ">Just for ONE day, I have challenged us to say NOTHING but *NICE* comments to EVERYONE you bump into or see who looks at you. Find something...ANYTHING to say something uplifting, nice, and be sincere. FIND something good in ALL people you interact with in one day. Then do it again and again. After a mere week, watch the MAGIC come alive. I promise. I promise, PROMISE, ***PROMISE*** it will change lives, not just your own.<br /><br />What if absolutely everyone in our world would do this. Once. Then once more, then once more, for just 3 mere days? What would happen? Yes, I am just one mere person of billions, but I AM ONE, and I CAN BEGIN SOMETHING LIKE THIS......... what if only 10 people take this up? 100? 1,000? 500,000? See what I am leading to?</span>]]></content:encoded><description>Just for ONE day, I have challenged us to say NOTHING but *NICE* comments to EVERYONE you bump into or see who looks at you. Find something...ANYTHING to say something uplifting, nice, and be sincere. FIND something good in ALL...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/try-this-i-dare-you-just-try-it.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>All Seeing Eye of Freemasonry &amp; Egyptian Horus Eye: Seeing the Light</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/t2E1rdoChu0/all-seeing-eye-of-freemasonry-egyptian-horus-eye-seeing-the-light.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sun, 16 May 2010 12:18:55 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/all-seeing-eye-of-freemasonry-egyptian-horus-eye-seeing-the-light.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal">The Freemason All Seeing Eye &amp; The Egyptian Eye of Horus:
Seeing the Light</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Kerry A. Shirts, 32<span style="font-family:Symbol;
mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-char-type:symbol;
mso-symbol-font-family:Symbol"><span style="mso-char-type:symbol;mso-symbol-font-family:
Symbol">°</span></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Eagle Rock Lodge #19</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Idaho Falls, Idaho</p><p class="MsoNormal">May 16, 2010</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;The “All-Seeing Eye” in Freemasonry has the intention, the
guided meaning for us that “all the ways of man are before the eyes of the Lord,
and he pondereth all his goings; that the eyes of the Lord are in every place
beholding the evil and the good, and especially upon them that fear him and
hope in his mercy.”[1] Sir Lionel Brett claimed that “the concept of an
all-seeing deity goes back at least to Euripides, 5<sup>th</sup> century B.C..
The phrase was proverbial.”[2] And, of course, as a symbol, not to mention the
actual reality, the eye is the most important sense we possess, since it is
through the eye we receive light, the most significant goal of Freemasonry. “In
the symbolism of Freemasonry, the ‘all-seeing eye’ in the triangle and
surrounded by sunbeams appears in many lodges over the master’s chair, a
reminder of the wisdom of the Creator, the “Great Master Builder of All
Worlds,” penetrates all secrets; the eye is in some contexts also called the
‘eye of providence.’”[3] These ideas resonate in the ancient Egyptian concept
of the Wedjat eye, also called “The Eye of Horus.”</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;Rather than worrying about tracing the origin of the concept
or the actual time the phrase was first used, or when it was adopted into
Freemasonry, I will share some themes from the ancient Egyptian concept of the
“Eye of Horus,” and it’s meanings, themes, and contents in the ancient Egyptian
rites.</o:p></p><p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;This comparison of religious ideas and symbols, and what they mean help
us learn more about our own usages of the symbolisms at our disposal in
Freemasonry. They give us a different view, a contrasting perspective, and an
intellectually stimulating inclusive comprehension of not only ancient symbols
and their meanings and use, but of our own.</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">“The Eye of Horus was multivalent. It represented life; it
also represented order. It was the eye snatched away by Seth, tore apart in the
battle, restored to wholeness by Thoth, and returned to Horus (who then offered
it to Osiris); it was reestablished order, sound and perfect again.”[4] Hans
Bonnet indicated that it represented a symbol of triumph over any attack, which
meant the power of the Eye, the light of God, was a healer, a sign of salvation
<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">(heilszeichen).[5]
Bonnet also describes how it repels evil “</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:
13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Arial">als Amulett der Befriedung es bricht auch die Macht des bosen Blickes,”
– “as a charm of pacification, it breaks the power of the evil look.”[6]</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"> Eberhard Otto
“maintains that it is a symbol of ‘physical health,’ and ‘the beautiful
connection between God and man through light.’”[7] There it is again, the theme
of light, as well as power, order, including healing, salvation, health, etc.,
everything good in other words. Freemasonry is congenial with all of these concepts.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The “All-Seeing Eye of Justice” was associated with Ma’at,
the Egyptian concept of order, regulation, law, etc. The eye imposes order and
reverence on the world.[8] One of its functions is combining with the oil of
healing which revives a smitten hero (usually the king). As a food substance,
it is “the power of the bread which fills, revives, and strengthens the
king.”[9] This reminds us of the wages of a Freemason, of the corn, oil, and
wine and their functions, all done under the “All-Seeing Eye.” It is really
instructive to grasp that it was the “corn measure” used in Egypt for their
mathematical fractions, that represented the various parts of the Wedjat Eye,
which when all added together, give the eye its wholeness, health, and makes it
the perfect eye, “the sound eye.” This is the “filling,” and “completing” the
eye.[10] In Freemasonry, corn represents “all the nutritious fruits of the
earth; the emblem of wine, implying all that nature affords to gladden the
heart, and the emblem of oil… represents nature’s bounties, the wages of
practical labor.”[11]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">We even learn “it was for the Egyptians the creative eye
that gives form and hence existence to things: ‘I am Shu, the image of Re,
seated in the interior of the Eye of his Father. The eye creates and nourishes…
to inspire love in the soul. In the Memphite theology… the tongue (word) and
the heart (mind) of the God Ptah are the source of creation. But the Eye itself
has creative power. ‘My Eye meditated upon the divine tear which I shed on myself,
and men and women came into being from it.’”[12]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The theme of the eye tied with the sun cycle is also
interesting to Freemasonry from a purely informative point of view. The
Egyptian shen ring was a symbol of the solar cycle (<span style="mso-bidi-font-size:
13.0pt;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">Sonnenzyklus</span>), and Horus, as the
Sungod, enters the soil of the earth in the west at sunset, in order to renew
his Eye, (<span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">sein
Auge zu erneuern) </span>and is regenerated with new life as he rises as the
sun in the east.[13] Any Freemason will have in mind the lodge as aligned from
the east to the west, and the movement and meaning of the sun through the day
from sunrise, to the meridian point of the day, to sunset in the west, and who
symbolizes the three stations of the sun in the lodge, all underneath the
“All-Seeing Eye” as Lodge business is conducted. W. Kirk MacNulty showed the
idea of the direction in Freemasonry signifying that “they traveled East in
search of instruction, and West to propagate the knowledge they had gained.”
The real dynamism however is realized when the “journey from west to east is
represented, symbolically, by the progress through the Masonic degrees; and it
is, in fact, the ascent up Jacob’s Ladder…” [14]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">“The all-seeing eye” also represents the sun in the Scottish
Rite, since it is, from our earthly perspective, the sun which gives the light
and life here on earth. Without it, life is simply impossible on our oblate
spheroid.[15] </p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">In his Doctoral Dissertation, T. G. Allen also demonstrated
how the Eye of Horus represented the sun. It connects with the deceased king’s
own person identified with Horus, and further “became identified likewise with
the magic Horus-eye.”[16] The eye is labeled as “large,” “great of honor,”
“powerful,” “sound,” “sweet,” “flourishing,” etc. Everything good, true,
beautiful, and noble is associated with the Egyptian eye, heal, strength, and
life is the overall theme.[17] It is an offering to the King associated with
oil, wine, fruit, meat, barley, incense, food, and nourishment.[18] Perhaps
because the eye represented the sun, we understand the description “The gods of
East and West are satisfied with the great thing which came to pass in the
embrace of the offspring of the god (msw.t.ntr).[19] The symbolism and myth of
the sun as it encircles the earth, and how we imitate its journey in the lodge
is important. We incorporate ourselves into the cosmological dramatic myth. “A
myth always contains a religious truth…from the waters of chaos the primeval
hill arose. The sungod ascended the hill, repressed the forces of chaos and
initiated world order called Ma’at and in this way the first king assumed the
government of the world.”[20] It is a government of order which is established,
imitating the kingdom of the sun here on earth, hence the ancient king’s
circumambulations around the altars, and even their own cities, imitating the
sun. </p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The Egyptian “shen” ring as a circle representing the sun
and its obit, “guarantees the eternal life [ewige Leben] of the people as a
symbol of eternity [symbole der Ewigkeit].”[21] This order from chaos, this ruling
in love, order, and justice (Ma’at), is precisely the basis of the governance
of our Masonic lodges. Hence the Worshipful Masters is in the East, while the
Junior Warden is in the South, and Senior Warden is in the West, following the
daily path of the sun. In fact, the Egyptologist Westendorf added that when the
King possessed the name “S3HEW-RE,” this name surrounded the supports of
heaven, the signs for heaven, and the underworld, as well as the borders of the
world, which were all inscribed on the ring the King wore. The shen ring was
the symbol for “all that the sun orbits” (was die Sonne umkreist).[22] The ring
itself with the name on it, simultaneously represent the king as the go-between
(Mittler) of heaven and earth, and protects him by virture of its borders.[23] </p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">As in Freemasonry, whereas we identify with Hiram Abiff in
our ceremonies, with the all-seeing eyes above us, the kings of Egypt
identified with Horus, once they received the all-seeing eye of Horus.[24] The
theme is ascending, in major stages, which ties in with a resurrection, and
life in the Hereafter, conjoined with the eternal Lunar and Solar cosmological Cycles.[25]
This is one reason why the Horus eye can have multiple meanings, in some
contexts, representing the sun, in other contexts, representing the moon, and
in many instances, representing both.[26] Hence the reason the Egyptians
connected the Horus eye with the snake, the djet Uraeus serpent found on the
Pharaohs crowns, since it was also a representation of eternity.[27] This
cyclical ascension by stages were performed in ceremonies, mystery plays
(Mysterienspiele) by masked actors, re-enacting the nature myth of the
difficulties of life and how to overcome them.[28] This is why Osiris was
identified with Horus, who upon ingesting and digesting the eye, was able, like
the sun, to be reborn again on the horizon at the new day.[29] When they reach
the end of their destination, they embrace (umarmung) each other because they
are the symbolic representation of the overcoming and uniting of all opposites,
day and night, light and darkness, yesterday and today, death and life. It is
all the opposites which the sungod embraces through the eternal life of
circumambulation in the eternities, living orderly, justly, and eternally in the
heavens.[30] The all-seeing eye, which is the representation of the sun, which
is imitated here on earth with its revolutions, and eternal orbit, is a very
good meditation for Freemasons.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The philosophy of the symbolism is that of granting one its
properties so one can behold or see the light. At Heliopolis, the sun city
itself, the eye was filled, which imitated the moon in its cycle of waxing and
waning, dying and being reborn, exactly as the sun was seen doing from forever
and forever.[31] It was Thoth [Mercury, Enoch, and Hermes Trismegistus] who
filled the eye, which symbolized a cyclic completion of both cosmos and
man.[32] This was done on the 6<sup>th</sup> day, once again, showing that each
part of the eye corresponded to a day of the week, i.e., a cosmic cycle which
man is a part of and certainly included in the life and time cycles.[33] Thus,
time as well as eternity is symbolized by the eye, as it relates to
(symbolizes) not only temporal cycles, but heavenly cycles also bringing all
things (parts) together both in heaven and on earth, dead and alive, into one
vast unity of reality. That reality is one of eternal life as Osiris is said to
fly to heaven being reborn like the Phoenix, (er fliegt empor als Phoenix und
nimmt am Himmel Platz), which, we are told, goes back to an astronomical
observation (bestimmte astronomische Beobachtung zurueck).[34]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The eye is for all, as it is presented as a gift for being
able to “see” <span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">(</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">Dir hat Horus sein Auge gegeben, dass du damit
siehst.)[35] In the Theban Recension of the Egyptian Book of the Dead, chapter
80, we read “I have rescued the Eye from its nonexistence before the festival
of the fifteenth day had come…I have come to lighten the darkness, and it is
bright. I have lightened the darkness…”[36] In the Coffin Texts, the eye is
said to be flame.[37] And why not? Not only is the eye considered to be the
sungod Re, it is also the winged sundisk Horus, which also marks the Summer
Solstice, the midpoint of the sun’s path through the sky.[38] We mark the
midpoint of the sun’s journey in our lodges also. It was a prime prerequisite
to mark the northern most and southern most points of the sun in the cycle,
which was imitated by the Pharaoh-kings (Zur zyklischen Gliederung
pharaonischer Regierungszeiten liefert der Horusmythos ein kosmisch gottliches
Paradigma), and gave the meaning to the Horus myth with the eye.[39] The Eye of
Horus in the Coffin Texts is also anointed onto the person’s brow, so it will
uplift him.[40] The two eyes of Horus not only protect the person, they guide
him through the heavens as well, and even expand his heart. It is eternal
water, a protection, a garment which guides one on the path, strengthens all
the members of the body, actually having the power to “combine your flesh, and
pull together your members, ward off foes, and cause one not to be forsaken. All
of this is meant to be, as one travels on the celestial path, equipment meant
to “equip you as a god.”[41] One travels in the sacred sunboat of the god Re,
which circles the heavens, and in which mortals desire to enter.[42]<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">From one possible
Freemason point of view, Thoms Milton Stewart has pointed out that the light
shining in the darkness (he points us to John 1:5 – “and the light shineth in
the darkness and the darkness comprehendeth it not”) the question Stewart asks
is, “Is there a light that shineth in the darkness? Of Thoth it is said: ‘Thou
hast given light and life to mortals, intelligences and creatures of light, and
how does this help to answer our question?<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">Mortals – those instructed in the doctrine but who
had not realized the inner vision, who live in worldly things. For them the orb
of light is I the darkness.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">Intelligences – those who had realized the inner
vision, and had become men; that is lived in their minds. For such the orb is
brought to light.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">3.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">Creatures of the light – those who had become one
with the light of the inner and spiritual world. These latter are the sons of
Light and Mind; having the conscious self identity of their own individuality,
independent of their physical body. They have opened the Eye of Horus and the light
shineth in the darkness. The inner nature is illuminated.”[43] </span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:13.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">The eye is a
representation of the sun “as it makes its appearance… of the sun… as an
assurance of a cyclical renewal of life, the beginning of a new day.”[44] This
cosmic background is one of those things that is just good to understand for
Freemasons with our symbol of the All-Seeing Eye.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Endnotes</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>John
Sherer, “The Masonic Ladder or the Nine Steps to Ancient Freemasonry,” The
Masonic Book Club, Vol. 28, a facsimile reprint of the first edition by R. W.
Carroll and Co. Publishers in 1827, Reprint in 1997: quote on page 94.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Sir
Lionel Brett, “The Vocabulary of the Ceremonies,” in “Ars Quatuor Coronatorum,”
Vol. 101 (1988): 4.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">3.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Hans
Biedermann, “Knaurs Lexicon der Symbole,” translated into English by James
Hulbert, “Dictionary of Symbolism: Cultural Icons and the Meanings Behind
Them,” Meridian Books, 1992: 123.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">4.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Byron
Shafer, editor, “Temples of Ancient Egypt,” Cornell University Press, 1997: 24.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">5.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Hans
Bonnet, “Reallexikon der Aegyptischen Religionsgeschichte,” Walter De Gruyter,
1952: 854.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">6.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Bonnet,
“Ibid.,” p. 855.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">7.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Eberhard
Otto, “Gott und Mensch: Nach den aegyptischen Tempelinschriften der
griechisch-roemischen Zeit, eine Untersuchung zur Phraseologie der
Tempelinschriften,” p. 85, as quoted in Hugh Nibley, “One Eternal Round,”
Deseret Book/Foundation for Ancient Research and Mormon Studies, 2010: 315.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">8.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 319.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">9.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 320.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">10.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Sir Alan Gardiner, “Egyptian Grammar,”
Griffith Institute, Oxford University Press, 3<sup>rd</sup> Revised edition,
1994: 197-198.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">11.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>John Sherer, “The Masonic Ladder or the
Nine Steps to Ancient Freemasonry,” The Masonic Book Club, Vol. 28, a facsimile
reprint of the first edition by R. W. Carroll and Co. Publishers in 1827,
Reprint in 1997: quote on page 68.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">12.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Nibley, “Ibid.,” p. 204-205.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">13.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span>Winfried
Barta, “Der Koenigsring als Symbol zyklischer Wiederkehr,” in “Zeitschrift fuer
Aegyptische Sprache,” (Hereafter cited as ZAS), 98 (1970): 15.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">14.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>W. Kirk MacNulty, “A Philosophical
Background for Masonic Symbolism,” in “Heredom: The Transactions of the
Scottish Rite Research Society,” Vol. 5 (1996): 26. </p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">15.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Rex R. Hutchens, “A Bridge To Light,”
The Supreme Council, 33<span style="font-family:Symbol;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-char-type:symbol;mso-symbol-font-family:
Symbol"><span style="mso-char-type:symbol;mso-symbol-font-family:Symbol">°</span></span>
1733 16<sup>th</sup> Street N. W., Washington D. C., 2006: 18.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">16.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span>Thomas
George Allen, “Horus in the Pyramid Texts: A Dissertation,” University of
Chicago Libraries, 1916: 13.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">17.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Allen, “Ibid.,” p. 48.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">18.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Allen, “Ibid.,” p. 59-60.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">19.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Allen, “Ibid.,” p. 69.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">20.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>C. J. Bleeker, “The Pattern of the
Ancient Egyptian Culture,” in “Numen,” #11, 1964: 78. </p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">21.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Barta, “Ibid.,” p. 12.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">22.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Barta, “Ibid.,” p. 12.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">23.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Barta, “Ibid.,: p. 13.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">24.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Joachim Spiegel, “Die
religionsgeschichtliche Stellung der Pyramidtexte,” in “Orientalia,” 1953: 142,
note 1.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">25.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Whitney M. Davis, “The Ascension Myth in
the Pyramid Texts,” in “Journal of Near Eastern Studies,” Vol. 36/3, 1977: 162.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">26.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Hermann Kees, “Zu den Aegyptischen Mondsagen,”
in “ZAS,” 60, 1925: 3-4.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">27.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Rudolf Anthes, “Das Sonnenauge in den
Pyramidentexten,” in “ZAS,” 86, 1961: 1-21.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">28.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Wilhelm Spiegelberg, “Der Aegyptischen
Mythus vom Sonnenauge in einem Demotischen Papyrus der Roemischen Kaiserzeit,”
Sitzungsberichte per Koeniglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1915:
890.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">29.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Winfried Barta, “Zum Wesen des Gottes
Osiris nach Zeugnissen der Aelteren Totenliteratur,” in “ZAS,” 117, 1990:
89-93.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">30.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Barta, “Ibid.,” p. 93.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">31.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Hermann Kees, “Die Feuerinsel in den
Sargetexten und im Totenbuch,” in “ZAS,” 78, 1942: 47.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">32.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Georg Moeller, “Die Zeichen fuer die
Bruchteile des Hohlmasses und das Uzatauge,” in “ZAS,” 48, 1910: 100-101.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">33.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Hermann Junker, “Die Sechs Teile des
Horusauges und der ‘Sechste Tag,’” in “ZAS,” 48, 1910: 101-106.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">34.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Junker, “Ibid.,” p. 104 for Phoenix
comment, and 106 for astronomical idea.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">35.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Kees, “Die Feuerinsel,” p. 52.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">36.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Raymold O. Faulkner, “The Egyptian Book
of the Dead: The Book of Going Forth By Day, Being the Papyrus of Ani,”
Chronicle Books, 1994: plate 28.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">37.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Raymond O. Faulkner, “The Ancient
Egyptian Coffin Texts,” Aris &amp; Phillips, re-issued, 1994, 3 Vols., quote in
Vol. 1, Spell 313, p. 234.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">38.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Dieter Kurth, “Der Kosmische Hintergrund
des Grossen Horusmythos von Edfu,” in “Revue d’Egyptologie,” 1983: 73. For
Horus as winged sundisk, see also Carl Wilke, “Bemerkungen zu einer spaeten
Bezeichnung des Sonnengottes (b3-nb-hj),” in “ZAS,” 76, 1940: 97-98. He brings
in the winged scarabus beetle and falcon as well.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">39.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Kuth, “Ibid.,” p. 74.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">40.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Faulkner, “Coffin Texts,” Vol. 3: Spell
845, pp. 30-31.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">41.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Faulkner, “Coffin Texts,” Vol. 3: Spell
845, pp. 36-41.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">42.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Jan Assman, “Der Koenig als
Sonnenpriester,” J. J. Augustin, 1970: 14.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">43.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Thomas Milton Stewart, “The Symbolism of
the Gods of the Egyptian and the Light They Thrown on Freemasonry,” Baskerville
Press, 1927: 81.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">44.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Hans Goedicke, “The Bright Eye of Horus:
Pyr. Spell 204,” in “Gegengabe Festschrift fur Emma Brunner-Traut,” Verlag
Tubingen, 1992: 102.</p>]]></content:encoded><description>The Freemason All Seeing Eye &amp; The Egyptian Eye of Horus: Seeing the Light Kerry A. Shirts, 32° Eagle Rock Lodge #19 Idaho Falls, Idaho May 16, 2010 The “All-Seeing Eye” in Freemasonry has the intention, the guided meaning for...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/all-seeing-eye-of-freemasonry-egyptian-horus-eye-seeing-the-light.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>The New Intellectually Vacuous Atheism - Atheism Absolutely Disemboweled</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/jyp_lbHcb7I/the-new-intellectually-vacuous-atheism-atheism-absolutely-disemboweled.html</link><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2010 18:53:41 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/the-new-intellectually-vacuous-atheism-atheism-absolutely-disemboweled.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<span style="font-size: 16px; ">http://www.firstthings.com/article/2010/04/believe-it-or-not</span>]]></content:encoded><description>http://www.firstthings.com/article/2010/04/believe-it-or-not</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/the-new-intellectually-vacuous-atheism-atheism-absolutely-disemboweled.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>The Compass: Freemasonry Symbolism, Mysticism &amp; Monad</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/9HreAmG3xaE/the-compass-freemasonry-symbolism-mysticism-monad.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 10 May 2010 21:46:42 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/the-compass-freemasonry-symbolism-mysticism-monad.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal">The Compass in Freemasonry &amp; Philosophy</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">By Kerry A. Shirts MM</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Eagle Rock Lodge # 19</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">May 10, 2010</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;In the “Transactions” of the Idaho Lodge of Research No.
1965, Vol. 28/2 (Oct. 2006), an article “Compass – Set at 60 Degree Angle” by
Jack L. Abrams, PM, (as originally found in the 2006 Trestle Board of Ionic
Composite Lodge No. 520, in Fraternal Review of the Southern California Lodge
of Research) appeared on pp. 11-12, discussing the compass and its 60 degree
angle. Why is it set at 60 degrees?</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;“The reason is the equilateral triangle has always been
sacred.” [1] The sum of all angles of a triangle is of course 180 degrees.
Divide by 3 and we get 60 degrees. “The compass thus set at 60 degrees alludes
to the equilateral triangle and if the two points were united in a straight
line, it would form one.” And, further, a compass set at 60 degrees can exactly
make 6 points on a circle, dividing the circle into 6 equal parts. “The points,
thus made, with the one in the center, constitute the mystic number seven.”[2]</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;Those 6 points on the circle, when connected with straight
lines will form the hexagon (Solomon’s seal, or the Shield of David as it is
called).</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;But previous to seeing the very interesting sacred geometry
of Solomon’s Seal (I shall have to write a paper actually showing the various
interesting themes of this graphically, it really is quite amazing to see what
comes of it all!), what is the compass itself? What does it represent? Of this,
great insight can be obtained for Freemasons who come to understand this
magnificently <strong>sacred</strong> instrument.</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;In Medieval times, it was thought “as an abstract symbol of
the eye of God.”[3] The legs of the compass thus represent rays of light and
grace which shine from the heavens to earth. “The compass has only one role:
from a central seed point it creates the transcendental hole called the circle.
It opens up a divine space of light, awareness, and potential configuration.
Remember that every circle you construct represents the Monad, the complete universe.[4]</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;When constructing any circle using a compass, we are
literally creating a metaphor! The metaphor is profoundly enough, “the stages
of the divine, ongoing, creating process itself. Anywhere you place a center
you can scribe a circle and symbolically create the space of the universe
itself. The circle is a shape begging to be organized. As the value ‘one,’ or
unit, is the parent of all numbers, the circle is the parent of all shapes. All
subsequent shapes and patterns will be inscribed within this all encompassing
Monad. That’s why the world is called a <strong>uni-</strong>verse (Latin for ‘one
turn’). This is Plato’s ‘Whole of Wholes.’</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;The closed upright compass on the point represents the
mythological world axis, world mountain, or holy center of many cultures, the
symbolic pole or spine that supports creation and around which everything turns
in adoration. The center is traditionally known as ‘the keep of Zeus.’
Protector of hearths and boundaries (centers and circumferences) and the source
of moral order, Zeus dispensed judgment from the center… the point is the
source of out whole of wholes. It is beyond understanding, unknowable, silently
self enfolded. But like a seed, a point will expand to fulfill itself as a
circle. Ponder the point as a seed enfolding a sacred mystery.”[5] And herein
is where the pure power of the Masonic symbolism is demonstrated. “In every
well furnished lodge there is or should be a certain point within a circle. The
ritual goes on to say that the point represents the individual brother…”[6] And
the Masonic brother can properly be called “a seed enfolding a sacred mystery.”
And in point of fact (pun, pun) when we meditate and seek our own more subtle
center within ourselves, our higher or deeper self, “the power that motivates
the actions, emotions, thoughts, and desires. This center of gravity is not in
space, but in pure awareness… this power is the motivating power with which we
are conscious, identical to the heart of every natural form and symbolized by
the center of the circle.”[7]</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;Now, the center is established, our compass is upright as
the world axis. Now we open the compass. This is a wonderful meditation! Rather
than being trivial, this act has great significance for our meditation, as well
as the act of creating a geometric universe in symbol. We are engaging in the
cosmological creative process with the compass. “It represents the first
archetypal principle of the Monad: equal expansion in all directions….the
opening compass represents the first manifestation of God’s light [Masons,
NOTICE THIS!] and Brahma’s voice, illuminating and vibrating the universe into
existence, as espanding states of slef awareness, which we call nature.
Nature’s forms represent invisible forces made visible… as you open the
compass, consider that you are metaphorically repeating this first principle of
the Monad, the opening of light, space, time, and power in all directions.”[8]</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;The 2<sup>nd</sup> principle of the Monad is whirling, the
circle’s rotary movement, giving us cycles, movement, periodicity, circuits,
orbits, vibrations, and rhythms.[9] The Monad’s third principle involves the
area within the circumference. A circle is not just a curve but the miraculous
space inside, which manifests between nothingness (zero dimensional point) and
everythiung (infinitely many points around the circumference). “A circle
encloses the most space by the smallest perimeter. In other words, the most
enclosure with least exposure. The Monad’s third principle is maximized
efficiency.”[10]</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">So to sum up the incredibly fascinating metaphor and
symbolism of the compass, its reason for existence, so to speak.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The Monad or oneness, expressed as a point and a circle, is
the foundation for our geometrical construction of the universe. The three
parts of the circle – center, circumference, and radius forming the space
within – correspond to the three principles of the Monad: equal expansion,
cycles, and efficient space… we express the Monad’s principle in the things we
do and create. </p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Everything seeks unity. The goal of many religions and
mythic ordeals is to return to a lost state of Divine Oneness. But we have no
need to return to a state of oneness because unity is axiomatic and we already
are integrated in it. Barely recognizing our situation, here and now we live in
a whole and beautifully harmonious wonder world. Only a self imposed illusion
of separateness keeps us from recognizing our own center of awareness and
identity with the One. To understand this unity the ancient mathematical
philosophers contemplated the principles of the Monad through the arithmetic
principles of the ‘number’ one and by exploring its geometric expression as the
circle.”[11]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">I bet you never look at that simple compass resting on the
V.S.L. on the altar again will you!</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;Endnotes</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; &#0160;1.&#0160;</span></span></span>“Transactions,”
p. 11.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; &#0160;2.&#0160;</span></span></span>“Transactions,”
p. 11.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">3.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; &#0160;3.&#0160;</span></span></span>Michael
S. Schneider, “A Beginner’s Guide to Costructing the Universe: The Mathematical
Archetypes of Nature, Art, and Science,” HarperCollins, 1994: 6.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">4.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; 4. &#0160;</span></span></span>Schneider,
“Ibid.,” p. 6.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">5.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; &#0160;5.&#0160;</span></span></span>Schneider,
“Ibid.,” pp. 8-9.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">6.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; 6. &#0160;</span></span></span>Jack
Buta, “Esoteric Geometry,” in “Philalethes: The Journal of Masonic Research and
Letters,” (Dec. 2005): 134. See also the very interesting ideas of Delmotte
Patrice, MPS, “To the Glory of the G.A.O.T.U., ‘The Holy Saints John. An
Operative Point of View,” in “Philalethes,” (April, 2003): 45-46, wherein he
demonstrates the point within a circle can represent the location of the temple
most sacred place or of the altar. It is the first step found using the
Solstice points (represented by the Holy Saints John), as markers for the first
step in erecting a building as well. </p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">7.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160;7. &#0160;&#0160;</span></span></span>Schneider,
“Ibid.,” p. 9.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">8.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160;8. &#0160;&#0160;</span></span></span>Schneider,
“Ibid.,” p. 10-11.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">9.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160; &#0160; 9. &#0160;</span></span></span>Schneider,
“Ibid.,” p. 12.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">10.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160;10.</span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Schneider, “Ibid.,” p. 16-17.</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpLast" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">11. &#0160;&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;11.</span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Schneider, “Ibid.,” p. 20.</p>]]></content:encoded><description>The Compass in Freemasonry &amp; Philosophy By Kerry A. Shirts MM Eagle Rock Lodge # 19 Idaho Falls, Idaho May 10, 2010 In the “Transactions” of the Idaho Lodge of Research No. 1965, Vol. 28/2 (Oct. 2006), an article “Compass...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/the-compass-freemasonry-symbolism-mysticism-monad.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>LDS, Egyptian, Masonic Themes of Rites, Temples, and the Sun</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/yGSgjY12D2w/lds-egyptian-masonic-themes-of-rites-temples-and-the-sun.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sun, 09 May 2010 15:23:51 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/lds-egyptian-masonic-themes-of-rites-temples-and-the-sun.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal">Some Masonic/Egyptian LDS Notes of Interest</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">By Kerry A. Shirts MM</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Eagle Rock Lodge #19</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">We can no more show a direct line of descent from the
ancient Egyptian rites than we can those of Eluseus, Mithraism, Judaism, or
Early Christianity. In reading the ancient literatures in all their vastness,
however, some parallels are just too good not to at least take notice. Not that
the meanings scholarship ascribes to many of the ancient mysteries are the
meanings which today’s Masonry adapts, interprets, or even accepts, but the
parallels are quite striking, in a general sense. Knowing the parallels gives
me impetus to command the Masonic literature, the meanings of the rituals and
ceremonies, to strive for greater comprehension, understanding, and appreciation
for what we do have right now today. That is the spirit in which I share these
notes. It is to the LDS scholarship of Hugh W. Nibley whom I read steadily, and
have done so through several decades, (19 volumes averaging almost 500 pages
each in the Collected Works of Hugh W. Nibley so far) which I use to note the
parallels. Masonry was not on Nibley’s mind, the LDS temple and parallels to
the Egyptian rites were the context he labored so diligently and wonderfully
on. It is a wonderful side benefit that Masonic parallels are also possible to
view here. In all three traditions, the temple is core to the rites. Therefore,
I make no apology for noting themes of interest to the LDS and Masons, because
whatever understanding we may attain to the temple, its philosophy, history,
and meaning, is designed to get us into the eternites. I shall leave a few
short notes, summations, and themes which I have found, not even pretending to
exhaust this amazing information. I will write more on these themes as time
permits me.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The Egyptian Book of Breathings is at the end of a long
Egyptian evolution of literature stretching back&#0160;</p><p class="MsoNormal">into the area of 4,000 B.C.
Beginning with the Pyramid Texts, developing into the Coffin Texts, Egyptian
Book of the Dead, and the Books of Wandering Through Eternity, we arrive at the
Books of Breathings. It is this last type of literature that the Joseph Smith
Book of Breathings belongs to. The historical time line is shown by Nibley in
his book “The Message of the Joseph Smith Papyri,” 2<sup>nd</sup> edition,
Deseret Book/FARMS, 2005.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The Book of Breathings was a type of ticket, a guide book
for the dead into the next world. According to the Egyptologist Kurt Sethe, it
is “a directive for people participating in a ritual play.”[1] The scribes of
the Books of Breathings summariozed the long, vast abundant literature from
antiquity into a message book which provided clues to those involved in the
rituals. Condensing thousands of pages into the briefest hints for the
participants to get clues as to what to say and do during the ritual
ceremonies.[2] “The scribe wanted to compose a sort of manual for the
ceremonies of the House of Life [the Egyptian temple] dealing with the rites
for the conservation of life.”[3] It was at this point that the Masonic Monitor
popped into my head. The philosophical theme is quite close to this. These
“prompting sheets” were considered “sacred and secret,” meant only for the eyes
of the instructors and initiates. The Masonic Monitors are coded, exactly as
some Books of Breathings were, in order to keep the knowledge from those not
involved in the ceremonies.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The Egyptian word “snsn” has multiple meanings, the overall
impression based on understanding of the ceremonies which have survived from
antiquity is that of uniting oneself with distinguished company, in a continual
living of the person even after their earthly death, “since all the rites and
ordinances, both for the living and dead, have as their express purpose the
achieving of eternal life… namely, the ‘total security’ of eternal life and
exaltation.”[4] The Book of Breathings is the instructional materials a
“textbook of vital instructions” which were “characteristic of the ancient
mysteries everywhere, known from the Orphic mysteries as “passes for the dead”
written on gold tablets, to the seals – ‘symbola’ or ‘tesserae’ – admitting the
living and dead to ritual banquets and other ceremonies.” “It’s purpose was to
keep the owner properly informed.”[5] There is simply no better description of
a Masonic Monitor than this. Proper information is precisely what gives a
“dark” candidate more “light.”</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">In the Egyptian theme, there were guardians at various gates
which one had to pass in order to continue progressing into the light. Knowledge
of certain passwords and other types of information was absolutely necessary,
or the guardians would not let you pass. Every single Mason, from an Entered
Apprentice to the Master will understand this. Again, “He who knows passes by
all obstacles and cannot fail.”[6]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">To sum up the points and purposes of the writings, they are
a “vade mecum,” or guidebook to the hereafter. They are “a passport to
eternity.” The same theme is found in the “Totenpaesse” (passports for the
dead) of the Orphic Mysteries. They are a “letter of recommendation.” The
purpose is to help the initiate get to somewhere else, namely, from this world,
into the eternal realms.[7]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">For the Egyptians, the rites of Osiris were paramount,
being, how to achieve life beyond this earthly present. The rite of Osiris
“provides the ‘rationale’ of a ritual drama designed to initiate the dead into
a new and eternal life… the rites of Osiris were supposed to have been revealed
to men by Osiris, the first mortal to be resurrected, death made of him a being
who knew ‘the great secret’ of how mortals become immortal.”[8] The theme is to
make alive, young, energetic, and given a new permanent eternal life. This
occurred through the rites and ceremonies of the dramatic plays in the Egyptian
temples. And the foremost, best, most comprehensive symbol used was none other
than the sun.[9] As the sun transitted through the heavens from one horizon to
the other, in an eternal round of everlasting, so mankind sought to emulate
that divine eternal pattern in their temples. As the sun literally changes its
nature (from our perspective, even though it is an appearance of change) on the
horizon in speed, size, and color, so does change occur to one going through
the ceremonies imitating the sun as the symbol for eternal life. It is “the
symbol of the boundary between this world and the other world.”[10] </p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">“In our text [the Joseph Smith Book of Breathings] the word
for ‘enter’ the horizon is ‘hnm,’ meaning properly to join or fuse with. Since
light is the universal attribute of divinity [EVERY Mason will get this also];
it is not surprising that the sun is the ‘Urbild des Gottes,’ [the original
representation of God] which goes back to prehistoric beginnings at Heliopolis,
the sun-city.”</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">“The whole business of the Egyptian temple centers around
the mighty drama of the sun in his course (das gewaltige Schauspiel des
Sonnenlaufes) not only because the sun is the most obvious symbol of divinity,
but because the temple was, from megalithic times, designed to serve as an
observatory of heavenly bodies and their motions, especially the sun… the
heavenly journey of the individual is an analogy to the voyage of the sun on
the divine path.”[11]</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The sun theme of Freemasonry is quite striking, especially
as it relates to the lodge, as every single Mason will understand.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;Endnotes</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Hugh
Nibley, “The Message of the Joseph Smith Papyri: An Egyptian Endowment,” 2<sup>nd</sup>
revised, enlarged edition, Deseret Book/FARMS, 2005: 96.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 96f.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">3.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 96.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">4.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 98.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">5.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 99.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">6.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 100.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">7.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 101-102.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">8.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 104.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">9.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 106-109.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">10.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Nibley, “Ibid.,” p. 107.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">11.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>Nibley, “Ibid.,” p. 111.</p>]]></content:encoded><description>Some Masonic/Egyptian LDS Notes of Interest By Kerry A. Shirts MM Eagle Rock Lodge #19 Idaho Falls, Idaho We can no more show a direct line of descent from the ancient Egyptian rites than we can those of Eluseus, Mithraism,...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/lds-egyptian-masonic-themes-of-rites-temples-and-the-sun.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>Jachin &amp; Boaz: Solomon's Pillars and Freemasonic Symbolism</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/0KTVBHDDHfo/jachin-boaz-solomons-pillars-and-freemasonic-symbolism.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Sat, 01 May 2010 22:03:02 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/jachin-boaz-solomons-pillars-and-freemasonic-symbolism.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size:17.0pt;font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;
mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;color:#4A4A4A">בעז
&amp; יכין</span><span style="font-size:13.0pt;font-family:&quot;Lucida Grande&quot;;
mso-bidi-font-family:&quot;Lucida Grande&quot;;color:#4A4A4A">&#0160;‪</span>Jachin &amp;
Boaz: Solomon’s Pillars and Freemasonic Symbolism</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">By Kerry A. Shirts MM</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Eagle Rock Lodge 19</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">Idaho Falls, Idaho</p>

<p class="MsoNormal">May 1, 2010</p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;No feature of Solomon’s Temple has had more commentary than
the two pillars flanking the front entrance of Solomon’s Temple. But what do
they mean? I won’t discuss all facets of them in this paper, but will work with
the historical and etymological meanings of the names, and some other features
in the discussions of the scholarship on the Ancient Near Eastern temples. And
in the legends of our Craft, I will touch on a few items of interest to Masons
concerning the pillars, the symbolisms as I understand them within Masonry. As
always, the interpretations, research, meanings, and understandings I present
here, are strictly my own, not to be construed as “the” meaning for the pillars
in Masonry. Freemasonry has no dogma, nor any book which all Masons must
conform to in order to understand “correct doctrine.”[1]</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;But a little background never hurts, so I take a page to
show the historical and archaeological discoveries that shed light on the
temple.</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;One the most recent studies covering an enormous amount of
ground on Solomon’s Temple says “Solomon’s Temple is part of a common
temple-building tradition in Syria and Canaan, indeed, in terms of form and ornamentation,
Solomon’s Temple could be considered quite typical of the region. The closest
surviving parallels to Solomon’s Temple are found in northern Syria at the
temples of Tell Tayinat and Ain&#0160;</o:p></p><p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>Dara (13<sup>th</sup> – 8<sup>th</sup>
centuries B.C.). All three temples have the same tripartite floor plan, with a
holy of holies at the back and two columns in the front… many scholars believe
the architectural similarities of Solomon’s Temple to dozens of known temples
in Syria can be explained by the fact that Solomon hired artisans from
Phoenicia to help build his temple (1 Kings 5: 20, 32).”[2] The threeness of
the temple is, of course, of serious interest in the numerical symbolism to
Masons.</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;<span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">R. B. Y. Scott
has shown that “Literary references include the mention by Lucian (28 f.) of
twin pillars at Heliopolis, by Posidonius of two inscribed columns of bronze in
the Herakleion at Gadeirasa and by Herodotus of two pillars in the sanctuary of
Herakles at Tyre, &quot;one of pure gold, the other of emerald, shining with
great brilliancy at</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-bidi-font-family:
Calibri"> </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">night.&quot;8b
Menander, quoted in Josephus, (Antiquities of the Jews, VIII, V, 3), also
refers to a golden pillar in the temple of Jupiter at Tyre.</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">[3]</span></o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-bidi-font-family:
Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;<span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-bidi-font-family:
Calibri">Scott further surveys what various scholars have indicated as to the
nature of the pillars themselves. </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;
mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">“Robertson
Smith held that they were fire-altars in the form of immense candlesticks or
cressets in which the fat of the sheldamm was consumed, and having
associations, by reason of their adornment, with the sacred tree. Watzinger
recalls the realistic representations of the holy tree in Assyria,&quot;&#39; and Skinner
thinks that they were translations into metal of the sacred stones or obelisks.
Others have held that the pillars were phalli, or cosmic pillars, or symbols of
the two mountains from between which the sun-god came forth.&quot; Hollis&#39; discussion
of the solar elements in the plan of Solomon&#39;s. temple suggests some connection
with Egyptian obelisks, early forms of which were surmounted by a disc or
sphere, like the bowls or globes at the top of the Jerusalem pillars. We must
expect mixed influences in the plan of Solomon&#39;s temple, and it is impossible
to say anything more definite than that the twin entrance pillars were a
characteristic feature of temples of the period, when the religions of many
peoples were related to a single underlying pattern; and that they had a cultic
significance.”[4]</span></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;The idea of
having a “cultic significance” rings with a Freemason, because in the legend of
our own Craft and rituals the pillars have just such significance. This is not
to say it is the same, for it realistically isn’t, but then there was never a
uniform understanding of the pillars in antiquity either, let alone modern
scholarship. This is also not to say there is a direct line of historical
descent from the pillars of Solomon into Masonry either, for it is not to the
historical that Masonry finds it meaning, but in the ritualistic, the
allegorical teachings which teach moral lessons. As. S. Brent Morris noted
recently concerning the central facet of Freemasonic ritual, “The legend of
Hiram Abif is a simple story, apparently based upon Hiram the metalworker
mentioned in 1 Kings 7:13… the legend is a simple vehicle for teaching fidelity
to a trust; it has no basis in historical truth. It is a Biblically inspired
morality play much like ‘Amahl and the Night Visitors.’ It seems to have been
introduced into Masonic ceremonies around 1726.”[5]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;One context of
the pillars that caught my attention was proposed by Hugh Nibley which
indicates a cosmological connection of heaven and earth. The funeral plaque of
Guillaume Letellier which commemorates his design of a Gothic church of a
Seventeenth-century drawing of 1484 marble original is a Masonic piece of art
with all the implements of Masonry, the square and compass, plumb bob, trowel
etc.<span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160; </span>“Far from being rooted in
magic or superstition, these objects are supremely utilitarian; the solid
structure of reality in our world depends on them. They are the practical, nay
indispensable, tools of the builder. By them the pillars of Solomon’s temple
were set up to establish before the world the meeting place of heaven and
earth. They embody the work of compass and square…”[6] Along with the pillars,
the two triangles of the “Star of David,” the “hexagram or Solomon’s seal,”
were “singular geometrica; emblems,” which, “in a way similar to the ancient
mysteries of Pythagoras, the Kabbala, Templars, Masons, Rosicruscians, etc.,
where the members identified themselves by secret signs and tokens… these seals
[such as the hexagram] “bind heaven to earth and the pilgrim to both. They are
two stars, the two most sacred emblems in the ancient world, and their function
is to blend together all things holy in both time and place.”[7] Andre Parrot
has noted that they have also been proposed as “permanent indicators for
calculating the equinoxes.”[8]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;For my own
understanding and appreciation of these pillars’ functions of blending heaven
with earth, the cosmological meaning, seriously enhances my appreciation for
these pillars being in Freemasonry, not that it is the orthodox intent of their
function in our ritual. For me, the broader the significance of the pillars [as
with all Masonic symbols and symbolism] from all cultures, the more meaning
they hold for Freemasonry. I know some Masonic scholars enjoy the simplicity of
one to one correspondence with symbolism. For me this loses immense meaning
that an individual can come to our rituals with. I don’t care if it was the
original intent of Freemasonry, with the vast depth and broadness of the
totality of symbolic meanings from antiquity all the way up to our day, having
the pillars in Masonry calls to my mind numerous associations, significations,
and knowledge that I simply could not have otherwise with a singular imposition
of meaning onto individual symbols. Multiple meanings all gathered together
into one is so much more intense, interesting, complete and delightful for my
understanding, not that I have to make Masonry conform to all the multiple
meanings. I don’t. I just enjoy knowing them all for my own enlightenment.</o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">
<span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">Returning to the
theme of the pillars having a “cultic significance” arises especially on
considering the various meanings, and at least trying to ascertain the main
meaning of the words “Jachin” and “Boaz.” Freemasonry has adapted an etymological
meaning, and whether it accords with what Biblical scholarship has found,
translated, and learned through the various means of etymological investigation
or archaeological discoveries or not, the pillars have great meaning for
Freemasonry. Freemasonry does not have to adopt to the current fads and
scholarly discussions of possible meanings historically, philosophically, or
religiously, in order to have our own meaning of what our ritual teaches us
about the pillars. And yet, for all that, I find the scholarly investigations
to deepen my understanding and appreciation for what the pillars mean to me as
a Freemason, hence it is extremely valuable for me personally to look into all
the possible ways the pillars have been interpreted. What I find is what I
share here, with the caveat that in the future I may very well have updates to
share also. We as Freemasons will never arrive at the final knowledge of all
things in our craft in this life. Our hope is for good living and learning and
sharing with uplifting inspiring knowledge here, with our brothers, family, and
friends, and the continuous learning for us into the eternities in immortality.</span></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Parrot noted
Jachin and Boaz have been interpreted and translated in different ways.</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-pagination:
none;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">He (Yahweh) will establish (Yachin) with power
(boaz) the column or the temple.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-pagination:
none;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">May [God] keep [it] upright by [his] power.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-pagination:
none;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">3.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">He will confirm strength in him<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-pagination:
none;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo2;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">4.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">He [Solomon] established [this column] with
power; Boaz set it up.[9] <o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.25in;mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:
none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Jachin = “he
will establish” while Boaz = “in strength thereof.”[10] “</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">Some scholars have suggested that these
twin pillars may have contained the sacred fire of the temple with the smoke
symbolizing the presence of the Lord. In any event, the pillars with their
strength, beauty, and symbolic names likely represented the presence of the
Lord and the permanence of the Davidic house.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">The word </span><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">˓</span></em><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">ammûd</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> is also noteworthy in the phrases </span><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">˓</span></em><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">ammûd
˓ānān</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> and </span><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">˓</span></em><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">ammûd
˒ēš</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">, “the pillar of
smoke” and “the pillar of fire” (<span style="color:navy">Ex 13:21</span>; cf. <span style="color:navy">14:24</span> </span><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">˓</span></em><em style="mso-bidi-font-style:
normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Charis SIL&quot;">ammûd˒ēš wĕ˓ānān</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">, “pillar of fire and smoke.” These
visual tokens of the presence of Yahweh in leading, directing, and protecting
his people were designed for the comfort of Israel and the consternation of her
enemies (see <span style="color:navy">Num 14:13-14</span>). It was in the
mysterious pillar of cloud that Yahweh would manifest himself before Moses (<span style="color:navy">Num 12:5</span>; <span style="color:navy">Deut 31:15</span>),
and this mysterious manifestation in cloud, smoke, and fire was never forgotten
by Israel (e.g. <span style="color:navy">Neh 9:12</span>).[11]<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"><o:p>&#0160;They could
have been stylized forms of standing stones, or perhaps, like Job indicated,
they could be pillars of heaven (Job 26:11). The HALOT has an interesting entry
I reproduce here:</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.25in;line-height:18.0pt;mso-pagination:
none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><strong style="mso-bidi-font-weight:
normal"><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">pillar</span></strong><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">, support for a building (<span style="color:green">BR<a href="#_ftn1" name="_ftnref" style="mso-footnote-id:ftn">L</a></span><sup>2</sup> 259f; Reicke-R. <em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal">Hw</em>. 1678) <span style="color:navy">Jubilees
16</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;
font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">25f</span><span style="font-family:
&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">.</span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:
12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">29</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">; </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:
16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;
mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">עַמּוּדֵי אֲרָזִים</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> (for houses made of cedar from Lebanon) <span style="color:navy">1Kings 7</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">2</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">; the pillars of an </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-ascii-font-family:
&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">אוּלָם</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">: </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:
16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;
mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">א׳ הָעַמּוּדִים</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> the Hall of Pillars <span style="color:navy">1Kings 7</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">6</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">; b) </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-ascii-font-family:
&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">עַמּוּדֶיהָ שִׁבְעָה</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> the seven pillars of wisdom <span style="color:navy">Proverbs 9</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">1</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">: meaning disputed: either the pillars of
a house (with reference to a hall or to free-standing pillars in a place for
ceremonial) or, with cosmic significance, the seven planets as the pillars of
the world, see Ringgren <span style="color:green">AT<a href="#_ftn2" name="_ftnref" style="mso-footnote-id:
ftn">D</a></span> 16/1:42.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">—3. a)
free-standing <strong style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal">pillars</strong>: the two
pillars </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">יָכִין</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> and </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-ascii-font-family:
&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">בֹּעַז</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> situated in front of the temple and
venerated <span style="color:navy">1Kings 7</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
color:navy">15-22</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">.</span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
color:navy">41f</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">2Kings 25</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">13</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">.</span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">16f</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">Jeremiah 27</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
color:navy">19</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">52</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:
12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">17</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">.</span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">20-22</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">1Chronicles 18</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
color:navy">8</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">2Chronicles 3</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;
mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">15-17</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">4</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
color:navy">12f</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> (Gray <em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal">Kings</em><sup>3</sup> 186-89; Noth <em style="mso-bidi-font-style:normal">Könige</em> 153-55; Würthwein <span style="color:green">ATD</span> 11/1:75f, with bibliography); b) where the king
stood in the temple area on state occasions, </span><span lang="HE" style="mso-ansi-font-size:16.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-ascii-font-family:
&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;SBL Hebrew&quot;">עַל־הָעַמּוּד</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> either at or on the pillar, assuming
this was a kind of podium supported by a pillar (vRad <em style="mso-bidi-font-style:
normal">Ges. Stud.</em> 207; Metzger <span style="color:green">VTSupp<a href="#_ftn3" name="_ftnref" style="mso-footnote-id:ftn">.</a></span>
22 (1972):162ff) <span style="color:navy">2Kings 11</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;
color:navy">14</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> <span style="color:navy">23</span></span><span style="font-size:8.0pt;mso-bidi-font-size:
12.0pt;font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;color:navy">3</span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> [12]</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:
15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Calibri"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Notice again,
that pillars have a cosmological significance. “The symbolism was multiple and
developed in the course of time.”[13] Through the process of historical
deduction and induction, biblical scholarship has shown interesting
probabilities for the pillars’ functions in numerous ways, one of the more
interesting is in the “Interpreters Bible dictionary. “It seems probable that
the names of the pillars in Solomon’s royal temple (cf. Amos 7:13), where he
officiated as principle priest (1 Kings 7:14, 22; 8:64), were derived from the
initial words of dynastic inscriptions like that of Gudea. In Genesis 31:45,
49, a named pillar serves as a perpetual witness to a solemn covenant. In 2
Kings 11:14; 23:3 it is specially noted that the king would ‘stand by the
pillar,’ suggesting its special significance for the king. The verb “establish”
is prominent in Old Testament dynastic oracles (2 Samuel 7:12-13, 16;<span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160; </span>1 Kings 2:24; Psalm 89:3-4; Isaiah 9:6),
and the first pillar may have borne an inscription like: “He will establish
(yakin) the throne of David forever.” The second inscription may also have had
dynastic significance – “In the strength of (be’oz - boaz) Yahweh shall the
king rejoice.” (Cf. Ps 21:1).”[14]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Keil and Delitzsch
said the interpretation indicated that Solomon meant the pillars to mean “Let
this temple stand forever;” and the second [pillar] Solomon desired that God
would give it strength and endurance. The pillars were symbols of the stability
and strength, which not only the temple as an outward building, but the kingdom
of God in Israel as embodied in the temple to be His dwelling-place in the
midst of his people.”[15]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Herbert G. May
noted “pillars supporting the winged sun-disc (the sky) in the Anatolian royal
&quot;cartouche&quot;[16] again confirming the cosmological aspects of pillars
in the Ancient Near East. In fact, in the Dumfries Manuscript No. 4, ca. 1710
the questions are asked – “How high is your lodge? Answer: Inches &amp; spans
Inumerable. Question: How Inumerable? Answer: The material heavens &amp; stary
[sic] firmament. And many early London Masonic lodges actually had ceilings in
their lodges painted as blue star spangled ceilings.[17]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;More to this
point, “they [pillars of Solomon’s temple] may have been regarded as the<span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160; </span>reflection of the columns between which
the sun rose each morning to pour its light through the portico of the Temple
into its interior, or that, like the Egyptian ‘djed’ symbol they may have also
denoted ‘endurance,’ ‘continuity,’ in which case their dynastic role would
become self-evident.”[18] The meaning of the Djed can clearly be seen and read
in the architrave of Sahure, where we read “S3hw-R’ ‘nh dd w3s snb 3w-ib=f d.t”
translated means “Sahure, life, stability, dominion, health, and happiness
forever.”[19] “As an amulet, it conferred stability on the deceased and the
ability to stand upright.”[20]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;In her analysis
of Jachin and Boaz, Carol Meyers noted that “the symbolic value of Jachin and
Boaz can be apprehended without full knowledge of their physical reality,” and
in fact, Freemasons can agree readily with her comment “Religion and ritual are
not to be seen as isolated or compartmentalized features of Israelite life.”
[21] It is especially within the Masonic ritual that the pillars play a part as
symbolic of the entrance into the temple for Masons. Truman G. Madsen noted the
scripture at Revelation 3:12 which he called “The pillar in the temple
promise.” “I will make him a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no
more out.” Madsen notes “written on ‘the pillar’ is the name of God and of the
City of God and of the New Jerusalem which comes down from heaven. In Jewish
sources it is said that the Levites were entrusted with the ‘keys’ of the
temple, with power to overpower or bind both the evil and the good.”[22]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;In connection
with this theme of writings on the pillars, somehow denoting power given,
Herodotus informed us that in Syria Palestine, he saw pillars also from Phocea,
Sardis, Smyrna, whereon an inscription carved in human form, “from one shoulder
to the other across the figures chest in sacred Egyptian characters which reads
‘I acquired possession of this land by the strength of my shoulders.’[23]
Notice how this is quite close to the pillars of Jachin and Boaz and their
meaning.</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;<span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">More interesting
still are the inscriptions on a cylinder of King Gudea of Lagash which was
situated at the ‘ka.sur.ra’ gate. On several different stealae the inscriptions
at the temple read “der Herr des Sturmes Enlil, welcher nicht seinesgleichen
hat, blickt mit guenstigen Auge auf Gudea, den Gross-priester Ningirsus.” Here
we see Gudea is the high priest of the storm god Enlil. Another inscription set
up at su.ga.lam, the main entrance to Eninnu, bore the name “der Koenig der (brausenden)
Wirbelwinde Enlil, der Herr, der nicht seinesgleichen hat, hat in seinem reinen
Herzen erwaehlt Gudea, den Grosspriester Ningirsus.” This shows us that “</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:16.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">the king of the (stormy ) whirlwinds Enlil, the
Lord who has had no equal, has in his pure heart, chosen Gudea the high priest of
Ningirsus.”[24] The significance of this, according to R.B.Y. Scott, is that
“this sentence name is a royal dynastic oracle.”[25] The evidence here, which
helps establish Jachin and Boaz is fascinating!</span></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:16.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:16.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Eissfeldt, citing Assyrian and Egyptian parallels<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">finds it
probable that, on the accession of an Israelite king,<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">a cult prophet
declared his adoption by the deity, e. g., Psalm 27:27<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">We may look,
then, to the language of the dynastic oracles and<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">the accession
Psalms for suggestions as to the nature of the<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">pillar
inscriptions.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">The most
important of the former is in 2 Sam 7:8-17, the<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">oracle of Nathan
to David as worded by the Deuteronomic<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">historian. Three
times in this passage the verb ‘kin’ is used<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">significantly:
&quot;I will establish his kingdom&quot; (12c), &quot;I will establish<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">the throne of
his kingdom forever&quot; (13b), &quot;thy throne shall<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">be established
forever&quot; (16b). In the same context, David&#39;s<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">prayer includes
the words: &quot;the house of thy servant David<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">shall be
established before thee&quot; (26). Similarly, at the time of<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Solomon&#39;s
accession, the king utters an oath &quot;as Yahweh liveth,<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">who hath
established me, and set me on the throne of David<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">my father&quot;
(1 Kings 2:24). Similar phraseology is used of the<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">divine
confirmation of the kingship in 1 Sam 13:13; 20:31; 2 Sam<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">5:12; 1 Kings 2:12,
45, 46; 2 Chron 17:5 (of Jehoshaphat). Granted<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">that all these
passages are later than the period of the erection<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">of the Temple,
they adhere with remarkable faithfulness to<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">the phraseology
of what appears to have been a traditional<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">dynastic oracle.
Cf. the language of Isa 9:6 &quot;upon the throne<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">of David, and
upon his kingdom to establish it&quot;; 16:5 &quot;a throne<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">shall be
established.&quot; The dynastic oracle in different words<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">appears in Jer
33:17.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">The prominence
of the verb ‘kun’ in various &quot;royal&quot; psalms<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">referring either
to the human or to the Divine king is notable.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Gunkel and
Mowinckel agree that the composer of the People&#39;s<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Lamentation Ps
89:20-38 (Gunkel includes with this 4, 5) has<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">taken over as a
ground for his entreaty material from a dynastic<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">oracle in a
royal liturgy. Note the language of vv. 4, 5 &quot;I have<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">made a covenant
with my chosen, I have sworn unto David my<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">servant; thy
seed will I establish (&#39;akin) forever, and build up<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">thy throne to
all generations&quot;; v. 22[26]<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:16.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial"><o:p>&#0160;<span style="mso-bidi-font-size:16.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial">The reconstruction by Scott of Jachin and Boaz as “He (Yahweh) will establish the throne of David,
and his kingdom to his seed forever.” And for Boaz, “In the strength of Yahweh
shall the king rejoice.”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;
mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"> Scott
notes “This would be an appropriate inscription for Solomon to have placed upon
the pillar, and it would explain why later Davidic kings stood by the pillar in
coronation and covenant ceremonies.”[27]</span></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;“The Psalms of
Yahweh&#39;s enthronement and sovereignty make frequent use of the word &#39;oz, with
reference to Yahweh&#39;s victorious strength as displayed in creation and history:
Ps 93:1, &quot;Yahweh is king... he has girded himself with strength&quot;;</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Ps. 96:6, 7, 10,
&quot;Yahweh made the heavens, . . . strength and beauty are in his sanctuary,
. . . Yahweh is king, the world also is established that it cannot be
moved&quot;; 99:1, 4, &quot;Yahweh is king, . . the strength of the king loveth
justice&quot; (or, with Schmidt, &quot;a strong one has become king&quot;);
132:8 &quot;Arise, O Yahweh, into thy resting-place, thou and the ark of thy
strength.&quot; We should note, also, the occurrence of &#39;oz in the royal
liturgies in Ps 21:2, 14: &quot;0 Yahweh, in thy strength shall the king
rejoice ... be thou exalted, 0 Yahweh, in thy strength&quot;; and in Ps 110:2 &quot;the
sceptre of thy strength will Yahweh send from Zion.&quot; We may point out,
further, the association of the verb kun and the noun &#39;oz (or words from the
same roots) in Ps 89:14, 15; 93i,2; 99:4. If the use of synonyms be allowed
for, the association of these ideas in royal psalms is frequent.”[28]<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Thus the pillars
represent the tree of life that flank temple entrances in the ancient world,
and “like the Egyptian djed pillars in Egyptian architecture, the pillar
symbolizes strength, solidity, binding efficacy, endurance, continuity, and
cosmic order.”[29]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;For Freemasonry
this is fascinating. Walter Sharman has noted many of the sources I have used
in this paper, and has shown many more sources [the Masonic ones] I don’t have
access to. One of the early Masonic rituals found in the “Catechisme des Frances-Macons”
(1744), recounted by Harry Carr in “The Early French Exposures,” indicate that
the Masons received their wages by one of the two brass pillars next to the
temple![30] The pillars play a part in the first two lectures, and this is
significantly interesting in relation to the second lecture where we learn the
pillars are not the place the wages are received. Now, of course, Freemasonry
does not feel the need to be strictly historically true with any record when it
comes to ritual, allegory, and symbolism intent on teaching morality in human
kind. It is not about being accurate historically that alone teaches the truths
in Masonry, it is about teaching morality through symbolism and allegory.
History has nothing to do with reality in that regard in Freemasonry.
Freemasonry uses historical situations and events as a basis of the allegorical
teachings, but things are added, or taken away, as seen fit in order to teach
what lessons Freemasonry has to teach the candidates. “They have been invented
by the makers of the rituals for symbolic purposes connected with the forms of
initiation. Out of these myths of Speculative Masonry its philosophy has been
developed.”[31] The ancient mysteries [and I would add history] are too far
removed from us in time to claim a direct lineal descent.[32] But this is not
to say great instruction and learning can occur using symbolism adapted to our
own situation, from antiquity from all areas. The legends we use are not
accurate history, but the lessons are truth regardless. History alone does not
teach truth, as history is never about what has actually and realistically happened.
History is simply man’s interpretation of what he thinks happened. “History is
all hindsight; it is a sizing up, a way of looking at things. It is not what
happened or how things really were, but an evaluation, an inference from what
one happens to have seen of a few scanty bits of evidence preserved quite by
accident. There is no such thing as a short, concise history of England, any
more than there is an authentic three-minute version of Beethoven’s Ninth
Symphony. One might construct such a thing, and it might be a work of art in
its own right, but it could only be a parody of the real thing – a pure
fiction.”[33] Interestingly enough, concerning the actual physical Temple of
Solomon itself … “it is incorrect to describe its existence as an historical
fact… there is no actual evidence that the Temple ever existed.”[34]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;For instance, it
is seriously problematical that globes are on top of the pillars, as they are
in our ritual. Anciently globes simply weren’t there.[35] C. F. W. Dyer noted
that the Bible uses a word which means “bowls,” and it can perhaps be implied
that something spherical is meant. However, “the question of the globes [on top
of the pillars] is not supported and justified by taking the actual detail from
the Bible. And yet, Albert Mackey found Rabbi Solomon, in his commentary “uses
the word ‘ponel’, signifying a globe or spherical body, and Rabbi Gerschom
describes it as ‘like two crowns joined together.’ Lightfoot says ‘it was a
huge, great oval, five cubits high, and did not only sit upon the head of the
pillars, but also flowered or spread them, being larger about, a great deal,
than the pillars themselves.[36]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Like the detail
of the history of Hiram Abiff, this is a Masonic allegory.”[37] G. E. W. Bridge
has an excellent lecture on this aspect of Masonry teaching through “veiled
allegories.”[38]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;The pillars were
not used as the archives to Freemasonry, nor the receptacles for the
paraphernalia of the Temple.[39] There is still no agreement of whether the
pillars were hollow or not.[40] But because extra Masonic accretions have
occurred is not the reason to simply discard all things Masonic about the
pillars, for there are several reasons for using them in our ritual. We are not
orthodox literalists insisting on historical truth alone as the barometer of
truth. That being said, it is fun to know that Rosenbaum speaks of an old
commentary which states that the pillars “were meant to represent the sun and
moon.” Whether this is true or not is irrelevant to the incredibly instructive,
meaningful symbolism of the sun and moon in our lodges and ritual! The
phenomenal medieval Jewish commentator of scripture, Rashi himself taught “the House
of David is compared to the strength of the sun, and with the eternity of the
moon.”[41] As Freemasons that is meaningful. It is worth remarking as well that
because the custom was the king standing by the pillar during the making of a
covenant “as was the custom” (2 Kings 11:4; 23:3), it has been proposed that
the one pillar represented the Northern Kingdom and the other pillar
represented the Southern Kingdom. After all, the purpose of the temple in the
first place to unite the two kingdoms.[42]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;It is irrelevant
if the King Solomon version of the Bible is not in the Quran or the Upanishads,
or any other sacred volume. Masons of non-Christian, non-Jewish persuasion
realize the ritual is allegory, not necessarily historical fact. “In Masonry,
it is for each member to take comfort in his own belief or tenet so as to be a
good Mason. All religions, when distilled, teach the same morals and point the
same way – oly the pathways of approach are different. The story of King
Solomon’s Temple is to drive home a message and a moral. Hence, it can be
comfortably accepted by a Mason of any persuasion.”[43] And one point of the
moral is that the Masonic application of the ritual use of the two pillars,
Jachin and Boaz, is similar to that of making a king anciently, but now it has
been applied in a different manner as “it is an essential part of the making of
a Freemason.”[44]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;For Freemasonry,
the pillars symbolism is twofold, following Mackey’s Encyclopedia:</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-pagination:
none;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo3;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">The names are the symbols of strength and
stability of the institution. <o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-pagination:
none;mso-list:l1 level1 lfo3;mso-layout-grid-align:none;text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">And in reference to the pillars of fire and cloud
anciently, “they are symbolic of our dependence on the superintending guidance
of the Great Architect of the Universe, by which alone that strength and
stability are secured.”[45]<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;These two themes
fit in rather well with the idea that the pillars represent God Himself. And
from God’s strength and stability, we also live, function, and perform our
lives.[46]</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><o:p>&#0160;Endnotes</o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoNormal"><o:p>&#0160;<span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">1.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>Arturo
de Hoyos, S. Brent Morris, “Is it True What They Say About Freemasonry?” M.
Evans Publishing, revised edition, 2010: 108. “Freemasonry… has no dogma or
theology, no wish or means to enforce religious orthodoxy.” (p. 108).</o:p></p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">2.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160; </span></span></span>William
J. Hamblin, David Rolph Seely, “Solomon’s Temple: Myth and History,” Thames
&amp; Hudson, 2007: 29-30. See also John Monson, “The New ‘Ain Dara Temple:
Closest Solomonic Parallel,” in “Biblical Archaeology Review,” (2000).</p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">3.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>3. &#0160;</span></span></span>R.
B. Y. Scott, “The Pillars Jachin and Boaz,” in the “Journal of Biblical
Literature,” <span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Vol. 58, No. 2 &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;(Jun., 1939): 144. My
thanks to my dear and good friend Ron Beron for helping me acquire this &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;source.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">4.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; <span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>&#0160;4. &#0160;</span></span></span>Scott,
“Ibid.,” p. 144.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">5.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span> 5.&#0160;</span></span></span>Arturo
de Hoyos, S. Brent Morris, “Ibid.,” p. 129.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">6.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span> 6.&#0160;</span></span></span>Hugh
Nibley, “One Eternal Round,” Deseret Book/ Foundation for Ancient Research and
Mormon &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Studies, 2010: 590.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">7.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; &#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>7. &#0160;</span></span></span>Nibley,
“Ibid.,” p. 588.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">8.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; <span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>&#0160;8. &#0160;</span></span></span>Andre
Parrot, “The Temple of Jerusalem,” Studies in Biblical Archaeology No. 5,
Philosophical &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Library, 1955: 27.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">9.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;&#0160; <span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>&#0160; 9.&#0160;</span></span></span>Parrot,
“Ibid.,” p. 27-28.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">10.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>10.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">The
Interpreter’s Dictionary of the Bible,” Abingdon Press, 4 vols., 1962: Vol. 1:
780.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">11.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>11.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">Harris, R. L., Harris, R. L., Archer, G.
L., &amp; Waltke, B. K. (1999, c1980). “Theological Wordbook of the &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Old
Testament,” (electronic ed.) (674). Chicago: Moody Press.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">12.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>12.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">Koehler, L., Baumgartner, W., Richardson,
M., &amp; Stamm, J. J. (1999, c1994-1996). “The Hebrew and &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Aramaic lexicon of
the Old Testament” (electronic ed.) ( quote on page 843). Leiden;<span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160; </span>New York: E.J. Brill.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">13.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>13.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>“The Interpreter’s Dictionary of the
Bible,” Abingdon Press, 4 vols., 1962: Vol. 1: 781.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">14.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;14.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;</span>“The Interpreter’s Dictionary of the
Bible,” Abingdon Press, 4 vols., 1962: Vol. 1: 781.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">15.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>15.&#0160;</span>C. F. Keil, F. Delitzsch, “Commentary on
the Old Testament in 10 Volumes,” William B. &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Eerdmans Publishing, reprint,
1985, Vol. 3, 102-103.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">16.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>16.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">Herbert G. May,
“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:23.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">The Two Pillars before the Temple of
Solomon,” in “</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Bulletin of the
American &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Schools of Oriental Research,” No. 88 (Dec., 1942), pp. 19-27.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">17.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;17.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">“Notes and Inquiries,” in “Ars Quatuor
Coronatorum,” Vol. 84 (1971): 321.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">18.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;18.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">John M. Lundquist, “The Legitimizing Role of the
Temple in the Origin of the State,” in Donald W. &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Parry (editor), “Temples in
the Ancient World,” Deseret Book/ Foundation for Ancient Research and &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Mormon
Studies, 1994: 218.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">19.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>19.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Karl-Theodor Zauxich, “Hieroglyphen ohne Geheimnis,”
translated from th German by Ann Macy &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Roth, “Hieroglyphs Without Mystery,”
University of Texas Press, 2<sup>nd</sup> paperback, 1994: 46. See page &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;45 for
the temple lentel inscription itself.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">20.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>20.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">John H. Taylor, “Death and the Afterlife in
Ancient Egypt,” University of Chicago Press, 2001: &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;204.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">21.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;21.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">Carol L.
Meyers, “Jachin and Boaz in Religious and Political Perspective,” in Truman G.
Madsen, &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;(Editor), “The Temple in Antiquity: Ancient Records and Modern
Perspectives,” Volume 9 in the &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Religious Studies Monograph Series, BYU
Religious Studies Center, 1984: 136, 137.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">22.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;22.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">Truman G.
Madsen, “ The Temple and the Restoration,” in “Temple in Antiquity,” p. 15.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">23.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>23.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">Robert B.
Strassler, “The Landmark Herodotus: The Histories,” Pantheon Books, 2007: 162.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">24.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>24.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin">John M.
Lundquist, “The Legitimizing Role of the Temple,” p. 219.<o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">25.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>25.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span>R. B. Y.
Scott, “The Pillars Jachin and Boaz,” in the “Journal of Biblical Literature,” <span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Vol. 58, &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;No. 2 (Jun., 1939): 145.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">26.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>26.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span>Scott,
“Ibid.,” p. 146.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">27.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;27.&#0160;</span></span></span>Scott,
“Ibid.,” p. 147.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">28.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>28.&#0160;</span></span></span>Scott,
“Ibid.,” p. 148.<span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">29.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;29.&#0160;</span></span></span>John M.
Lundquist, “Temple, Covenant, and Law in the Ancient Near East and in the Old
&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Testament,” in <span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Donald W. Parry
(editor), “Temples in the Ancient World,” Deseret Book/ Foundation &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;for Ancient
Research and Mormon Studies, 1994: 286.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">30.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>30.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Walter Sharman, “Beside the Pillar… As the Manner
Was,” in “Ars Quatuor Coronatorum,” Robert &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;A. Gilbert, (editor), Vol. 106
(1993): 239-240.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">31.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;31.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Albert G. Mackey, “The History of Freemasonry:
Its Legends and Traditions, Its Chronological &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;History,” Masonic History Co.,
1906, Vol. 1: 1. </span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">32.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>32.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Henry L. Stillson, (Editor-in-Chief) William
James Hughan, (European editor), “History of the &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Ancient and Honorable
Fraternity of Free and Accepted Masons and Concordant Orders,” The &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Fraternity
Publishing Co., 1916: xvii.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">33.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>33.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Hugh Nibley, “Do History and Religion Conflict?”
in “Temple and Cosmos: Beyond This Ignorant &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Present,” Don Norton, editor, The
Collected Works of Hugh Nibley, Vol. 12, Ancient History, Deseret &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Book/
Foundation for Ancient Research and Mormon Studies, 1992: 440.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">34.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>34.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">C. N. Batham, “The Two Great Pillars,” in “Ars Quatuor
Coronatorum,” Vol. 94 (1982): 248. Cf. &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Batham, “The Alignment of the Temple,”
in “Ars Quatuor Coronatorum,” Vol. 86 (1973): 347, The &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;great Biblical scholar
and archaeologist, William F. Albright said “no certain traces of the Temple of
&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Solomon… have so far been recovered by archaeologists.” However, Albright still
felt justified in &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;arguing against outright Biblical forgery, and believed
evidence would come forth eventually.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">35.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>35.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Harry Carr, “Hebraic Aspects of the Ritual,” in
“Ars Quatuor Coronatorum,” Vol. 97 (1984): 79. &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;See an excellent discussion by
Yasha Beresiner, “Masonry Universal: Globes (and Maps) in &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Freemasonry,” in “Ars
Quatuor Coronatorum,” Vol. 102 (1989): 24-59.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">36.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;36.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Albert Mackey, “Mackey’s Revised Encyclopedia of
Freemasonry,” by Robert I. Clegg, 2 Vols., The &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Masonic History Co., 1920, Vol.
2: 780.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">37.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;37.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">C. F. W. Dyer, “The Two Pillars,” in “Ars Quatuor
Coronatorum,” Vol. 94 (1982): 240. See also &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Eric Ward, “In the Beginning was
the Word… An Exercise in Ritual Archaeology,” in “Ars Quatuor &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Coronatorum,”
Vol. 83 (1970): 306.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">38.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>38.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">G. E. W. Bridge, “Veiled in Allegory and
Illustrated by Symbols,” in “The Collected Prestonian &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Lectures 1925 – 1960,”
The Quatuor Coronati Lodge, 1967: 265-281.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">39.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>39.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Carr, “Hebraic Aspects,” p. 79.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">40.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;40.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Alex Horne, “King Solomon’s Temple in the Masonic
Tradition,” The Aquarian Press, 1972: 215-&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;216.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">41.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>41.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Carr, “Hebraic Aspects,” p. 79.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">42.<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>42.&#0160;<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Eric Ward, “In the Beginning was the Word… An
Exercise in Ritual Archaeology,” in “Ars Quatuor &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Coronatorum,” Vol. 83 (1970):
309.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">43.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>43.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">R. B. Khambatta, “King Solomon and the Temple,”
in “Ars Quatuor Coronatorum,” Vol 93 (1981): &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;219.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:
Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">44.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>44.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Eric Ward, “In the Beginning was the Word… An
Exercise in Ritual Archaeology,” in “Ars Quatuor &#0160;&#0160;&#0160;&#0160;Coronatorum,” Vol. 83 (1970):
309.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">45.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>45.&#0160;</span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri">Albert Mackey, “Mackey’s Revised Encyclopedia of
Freemasonry,” p. 781.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p class="MsoListParagraphCxSpLast" style="text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l2 level1 lfo1"><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-fareast-font-family:Cambria;mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:
Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:Cambria;
mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-latin"><span style="mso-list:Ignore">46.<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;"> </span></span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:15.0pt;mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-bidi-font-family:Calibri"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes">&#0160;<span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre">		</span>46.&#0160;</span>Albert
Mackey, “Mackey’s Revised Encyclopedia of Freemasonry,” p. 782.</span><span style="mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin"><o:p></o:p></span></p>

<p style="mso-element:footnote-list"><br />

</p><hr align="left" size="1" width="33%" />



<p id="ftn" style="mso-element:footnote">

</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><a href="#_ftnref" name="_ftn1" style="mso-footnote-id:ftn"></a><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p></p>

<p id="ftn" style="mso-element:footnote">

</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><a href="#_ftnref" name="_ftn2" style="mso-footnote-id:ftn"></a><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p></p>

<p id="ftn" style="mso-element:footnote">

</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-pagination:none;mso-layout-grid-align:none;
text-autospace:none"><a href="#_ftnref" name="_ftn3" style="mso-footnote-id:ftn"></a><span style="font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;"><o:p>&#0160;</o:p></span></p>

<p></p>

<p></p>]]></content:encoded><description>בעז &amp; יכין ‪Jachin &amp; Boaz: Solomon’s Pillars and Freemasonic Symbolism By Kerry A. Shirts MM Eagle Rock Lodge 19 Idaho Falls, Idaho May 1, 2010 No feature of Solomon’s Temple has had more commentary than the two pillars flanking...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/05/jachin-boaz-solomons-pillars-and-freemasonic-symbolism.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>NEW BOOK De Hoyos, Morris DESTROY the Anti-Mason Stupidity</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/typepad/RmPw/~3/TLHn5jVNaK4/new-book-de-hoyos-morris-destroy-the-antimason-stupidity.html</link><category>Free Masonry</category><dc:creator xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">Kerry Shirts</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2010 17:45:47 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/04/new-book-de-hoyos-morris-destroy-the-antimason-stupidity.html</guid><content:encoded xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"><![CDATA[<span style="font-family: arial, helvetica, clean, sans-serif; font-size: 13px; line-height: normal; color: #333333; "><span style="font-size: 14px; font-family: &#39;lucida grande&#39;, tahoma, verdana, arial, sans-serif; color: #333333; ">Reading a new and very impressive book by Arturo De Hoyos, R. Brent Morris, &quot;Is it True What They Say About Freemasonry?&quot;, M. Evans, 2010 (269 pp). This book is stellar research, and devastating refutations of the insipidly inane anti-Masonic arguments, innuendos, and deliberate lying. A very POWERFUL contribution for ALL Masons to read, learn from, and see the *real* truths about Masonry. I am almost half way through it, and already have learned so very much, which I will be reviewing in detail. The authors are to be congratulated for destroying the stupidity of anti-Masonry.</span></span><p style="margin-top: 11px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 11px; margin-left: 0px; "><span color="#333333" size="4;" style="font-family: &#39;lucida grande&#39;, tahoma, verdana, arial, sans-serif"><span style="font-size: 14px; line-height: normal; ">Many topics such as the fraud of Leo Taxil saying Albert Pike taught upper degrees of Masonry teach the worship of Satan, that Masons do not regard the Bible as important, that Masonry is simply pagan, Masonry as anti-religious, &#0160;etc. I will bring out the many details in this stunning tour de force of very strong, very logical, and stellar research decimating the anti-Masons, once I complete my reading of it. Simply a MUST OWN, and MUST READ book. I will write up a serious review of this here once I finish it.</span></span></p><p style="margin-top: 11px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 11px; margin-left: 0px; "><span color="#333333" size="4;" style="font-family: &#39;lucida grande&#39;, tahoma, verdana, arial, sans-serif"><span style="font-size: 14px; "><br /></span></span></p><p style="margin-top: 11px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 11px; margin-left: 0px; "><span color="#333333" size="4;" style="font-family: &#39;lucida grande&#39;, tahoma, verdana, arial, sans-serif"><span style="font-size: 14px; ">The astonishing parallels with anti-Mormonism and Anti-Masonry is something else I am going to write about. Even down to the exact same authors who are both anti Mormon,/Mason, and the exact same strategies, and types of lies. De Hoyos and Morris destroy the anti-Masons. The deliberately stupid ones like Decker, Scnoebelen (sp?, yeah, I really don&#39;t care that much whether I get it right or not), etc.</span></span></p>]]></content:encoded><description>Reading a new and very impressive book by Arturo De Hoyos, R. Brent Morris, "Is it True What They Say About Freemasonry?", M. Evans, 2010 (269 pp). This book is stellar research, and devastating refutations of the insipidly inane anti-Masonic...</description><feedburner:origLink>http://www.backyardprofessor.com/the_backyard_professor/2010/04/new-book-de-hoyos-morris-destroy-the-antimason-stupidity.html</feedburner:origLink></item><media:rating>nonadult</media:rating></channel></rss>
